Apple E2422B Smart Cellular Phone User Manual A1349 UG

Apple Inc. Smart Cellular Phone A1349 UG

A1349 User Manual

Download: Apple E2422B Smart Cellular Phone User Manual A1349 UG
Mirror Download [FCC.gov]Apple E2422B Smart Cellular Phone User Manual A1349 UG
Document ID1403141
Application IDNkOPrZIvO8+btMQwxT4wQA==
Document DescriptionA1349 User Manual
Short Term ConfidentialNo
Permanent ConfidentialNo
SupercedeNo
Document TypeUser Manual
Display FormatAdobe Acrobat PDF - pdf
Filesize472.73kB (5909128 bits)
Date Submitted2011-01-11 00:00:00
Date Available2011-02-02 00:00:00
Creation Date2011-01-10 17:29:09
Producing SoftwareAcrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Document Lastmod2011-01-10 17:29:09
Document TitleA1349 UG.pdf
Document CreatorPScript5.dll Version 5.2.2
Document Author: choque

APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone
User Guide
For iOS 4.2.5 Software
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Contents
11
13
16
Chapter 1: iPhone at a Glance
19
19
19
20
20
21
21
22
25
Chapter 2: Getting Started
29
29
33
36
45
47
48
50
51
52
53
55
55
Chapter 3: Basics
56
56
56
56
Chapter 4: Syncing and File Sharing
iPhone Overview
Buttons
iPhone Apps
Status Icons
Viewing the User Guide on iPhone
What You Need
Installing the SIM Card
Activating iPhone
Setting Up iPhone
Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer
Connecting to the Internet
Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts
Using Apps
Customizing the Home Screen
Typing
Printing
Searching
Voice Control
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
Bluetooth Devices
Battery
Security Features
Cleaning iPhone
Restarting or Resetting iPhone
About Syncing
Syncing Accounts
Syncing with iTunes
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
58
61
61
62
62
iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes
Automatic iTunes Syncing
Manually Managing Content
Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer
File Sharing
64
64
72
74
74
74
76
77
Chapter 5: Phone
79
79
79
82
83
84
84
86
87
Chapter 6: Mail
89
89
92
92
93
94
Chapter 7: Safari
95
95
95
104
108
108
Chapter 8: iPod
110
110
112
112
113
Chapter 9: Messages
Phone Calls
Visual Voicemail
Contacts
Favorites
Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID
Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch
International Calls
Setting Up Email Accounts
Checking and Reading Email
Using Links and Detected Data
Viewing Attachments
Printing Messages and Attachments
Sending Email
Organizing Email
Searching Email
Viewing Webpages
Searching
Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents
Bookmarks
Web Clips
Getting Music, Videos, and More
Music and Other Audio
Videos
Setting a Sleep Timer
Changing the Browse Buttons
Sending and Receiving Messages
Searching Messages
Sharing Photos and Videos
Sending Voice Memos
Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
113
113
114
Editing Conversations
Using Contact Information and Links
Managing Previews and Alerts
115
115
115
116
117
117
118
120
120
120
Chapter 10: Calendar
121
121
121
122
124
124
124
125
127
127
128
Chapter 11: Photos
129
129
130
131
132
132
Chapter 12: Camera
133
133
134
135
136
136
137
138
Chapter 13: YouTube
About Calendar
Syncing Calendars
Viewing Your Calendars
Searching Calendars
Adding and Updating Events on iPhone
Responding to Meeting Invitations
Subscribing to Calendars
Importing Calendar Files from Mail
Alerts
About Photos
Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer
Viewing Photos and Videos
Deleting Photos and Videos
Slideshows
Viewing Photos, Videos, and Slideshows on a TV
Sharing Photos and Videos
Printing Photos
Assigning a Photo to a Contact
Wallpaper
About Camera
Taking Photos and Recording Videos
Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos
Trimming Videos
Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer
Finding and Viewing Videos
Controlling Video Playback
Managing Videos
Getting More Information
Using YouTube Account Features
Changing the Browse Buttons
Sending Videos to YouTube
Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
139 Chapter 14: Stocks
139 Viewing Stock Quotes
140 Getting More Information
141
141
146
147
148
149
149
Chapter 15: Maps
Finding and Viewing Locations
Getting Directions

s
Finding and Contacting Businesses
Sharing Location Information
Bookmarking Locations
150 Chapter 16: Weather
150 Viewing Weather Summaries
151 Getting More Weather Information
152
152
152
152
154
154
Chapter 17: Notes
155
155
155
156
156
Chapter 18: Clock
About Notes
Syncing Notes
Writing and Reading Notes
Searching Notes
Emailing Notes
World Clocks
Alarms
Stopwatch
Timer
158 Chapter 19: Calculator
158 Using the Calculator
158 Standard Memory Functions
159       s
161 Chapter 20: Compass
161 Getting Compass Readings
162 Compass and Maps
164
164
165
166
166
167
Chapter 21: Voice Memos
Recording Voice Memos
Listening to Voice Memos
Managing Voice Memos
Trimming Voice Memos
Sharing Voice Memos
Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
167 Syncing Voice Memos
169
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
175
176
176
177
177
Chapter 22: iTunes Store
178
178
178
180
181
181
182
183
183
Chapter 23: App Store
184
184
184
185
189
191
Chapter 24: Game Center
193
193
194
195
195
195
196
196
197
197
Chapter 25: Settings
About the iTunes Store
Finding Music, Videos, and More
Following Artists and Friends
Purchasing Ringtones
Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
Purchasing or Renting Videos
Streaming or Downloading Podcasts
Checking Download Status
Syncing Purchased Content
Changing the Browse Buttons
Viewing Account Information
Verifying Downloads
About the App Store
Browsing and Searching
Info Screen
Downloading Apps
Deleting Apps
Writing Reviews
Updating Apps
Syncing Purchased Apps
About Game Center
Setting Up Game Center
Games
Friends
Your Status and Account Information
Airplane Mode
Wi-Fi
VPN
Personal Hotspot
 s
Carrier
Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch
Brightness
Wallpaper
Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
197
208
212
214
215
216
217
218
218
218
General
Mail, Contacts, Calendars
Phone
Safari
Messages
iPod
Photos
Notes
Store
Nike + iPod
219
219
219
220
221
222
223
Chapter 26: Contacts
225
225
226
226
226
227
227
Chapter 27: Nike + iPod
229
229
230
230
231
232
232
233
233
233
233
234
234
Chapter 28: iBooks
About Contacts
Adding Contacts
Searching Contacts
Managing Contacts on iPhone
Using Contact Information
 s
Activating Nike + iPod
Linking a Sensor
Working Out with Nike + iPod
Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
Calibrating Nike + iPod
Nike + iPod Settings
About iBooks
Syncing Books and PDFs
Using the iBookstore
Reading Books
Reading PDFs
Changing a Book’s Appearance
Searching Books and PDFs
  d
Having a Book Read to You
Printing or Emailing a PDF
Organizing the Bookshelf
Bookmark and Note Syncing
235 Chapter 29: Accessibility
235 Universal Access Features
Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
236
249
250
250
250
250
251
251
VoiceOver
Zoom
Large Text
White on Black
Mono Audio
Speak Auto-text
Triple-Click Home
Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features
253
253
253
253
255
256
257
258
258
259
259
Appendix A: Support and Other Information
261
Index
Apple iPhone Support Site
Restarting and Resetting iPhone
Backing Up iPhone
Updating and Restoring iPhone Software
Safety, Software, and Service Information
Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment
Using iPhone with Other Carriers
Disposal and Recycling Information
Apple and the Environment
iPhone Operating Temperature
Contents
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone at a Glance
iPhone Overview
iPhone 4
+,2#$
()
&"*()!('
"' "%',
+/",!
(%-&
-,,('+
*(',&*
'
%)$
".*
,,-+2*
"'&*
%+!
))"('+

))%,"'
"+)%1
2*2,*1
 &(%('%1
(&2-,,('
($
('',(*
(,,(&
&"*()!('
)$*
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone 3GS
'
%)$
+,#$
".*
*,*1
"' "%',
+/",!
&*
(%-&
-,,('+
,,-+*
(-!+*'
))"('+
(&-,,('
($
('',(*
)$*
"*()!('

 !"# " $ %"& '
and whether you have rearranged its icons.
Accessories
The following accessories are included with iPhone:
00,%!10(/.%2
6)3(%-/3%!.$)#
/#+/..%#3/13/ !",%
 0/6%1!$!03%1
%*%#33//,
Note: The SIM eject tool is not included in all countries or regions.
10
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Item
What you can do with it
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
Listen to music, videos, and phone calls. Use
the built-in microphone to talk. Press the center
button to answer or end a call. When listening to
iPod, press the button to play or pause a song,
or press twice quickly to skip to the next track.
Use the + and – buttons to adjust the volume
(iPhone 3GS or later). Press and hold the center
button to use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later).
Dock Connector to USB Cable
Use the cable to connect iPhone to your
computer to sync and charge. The cable can be
used with the optional dock or plugged directly
into iPhone.
USB power adapter
Connect the power adapter to iPhone using
the included cable, then plug it into a standard
power outlet to charge iPhone.
SIM eject tool (not included in all countries or
regions)
Eject the SIM card tray.
Buttons
*#"0#"  # & $% 1#'"% 
switch between ring and silent modes.
.?,%%0!+% 544/.
6  '#&%   $#  # '
the battery.
When iPhone is locked, nothing happens if you touch the screen. iPhone can still
receive calls, text messages, and other updates. You can also:
 listen to music
 adjust the volume using the buttons on the side of iPhone (or on the iPhone
earphones) while you’re on a phone call or listening to music
 use the center button on iPhone earphones to answer or end a call, or to control
audio playback (see “Controlling Audio Playback” on page 96)
By default, iPhone locks if you don’t touch the screen for a minute.
.&&,%%0
!+%"433/.
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
11
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Lock iPhone
& ##8;8$; 0<
Unlock iPhone
Press the Home 0 8;8$;
Wake button, then drag the slider.
52.)(/.%#/-0,%4%,9/?
& ## 8;8$; 0 
a few seconds until the red slider appears, then
 # <&#$% " #
go straight to voicemail.
Turn iPhone on
& ## 8;8$; 0
until the Apple logo appears.
For information about changing how long before iPhone locks, see “Auto-Lock” on
page 201. For information about setting iPhone to require a passcode to unlock it, see
“Passcode Lock” on page 201.
Home Button
Press the Home button at any time to go to the Home screen, which contains your
iPhone apps. Tap any app icon to get started. To see apps you’ve recently used, doubleclick the Home button (iPhone 3GS or later). See “Opening and Switching Apps” on
page 29.
Volume Buttons
When you’re on the phone or listening to songs, movies, or other media, the buttons
on the side of iPhone adjust the audio volume. Otherwise, the buttons control the
'"   %  #%  #$ #<
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
To adjust the volume, use the buttons on the side of iPhone.
/,4-%
40
/,4-%
$/6.
To set a volume limit for music and videos on iPhone, see “Music” on page 216.
12
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Ring/Silent Switch
Flip the Ring/Silent switch to put iPhone in ring
mode or silent
mode.
).'
),%.3
In ring mode, iPhone plays all sounds. In silent mode, iPhone doesn’t ring or play alerts
 #$ #<
Important: Clock alarms, audio apps such as iPod, and many games still play sounds
through the built-in speaker when iPhone is in silent mode.
By default, when you get a call, iPhone vibrates whether it’s in ring mode or silent
"<?&# "% #   0 ##8;8$;
Wake button or one of the volume buttons. Press a second time to send the call to
voicemail.
For information about changing sound and vibrate settings, see “Sounds and the Ring/
Silent Switch” on page 196.
iPhone Apps
The apps in the following table are included with iPhone.
Note: App functionality and availability may vary, depending on the country or region
where you purchase and use iPhone.
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
13
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Phone
Mail
Safari
iPod
Messages
Calendar
Photos
14
Make calls, with quick access to recent callers, favorites, and all your contacts. Dial
manually using the numeric keypad. Or just use voice dialing. Visual voicemail presents
a list of your voicemail messages—just tap to listen to any message, in any order. Make
FaceTime video calls to other iPhone 4 or iPod touch (4th generation) users over Wi-Fi.
See Chapter 5, “Phone,” on page 64.
iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email
systems—including Yahoo!, Google, and AOL—as well as most industry-standard POP3
and IMAP email systems. View and print PDFs and other attachments. Save attached
photos and graphics to your Camera Roll album. See Chapter 6, “Mail,” on page 79.
Browse websites over a cellular data network or over Wi-Fi. Rotate iPhone sideways
 # '<0K X" [   "  #
webpage column to the iPhone screen for easy reading. Open multiple pages. Sync
bookmarks with Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on your computer. Add Safari web
clips to the Home screen for fast access to favorite websites. Save images from websites
to your Photo Library. Print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick
Look. See Chapter 7, “Safari,” on page 89.
Listen to your songs, audiobooks, and podcasts. Create playlists, or use Genius to create
playlists for you. Listen to Genius Mixes of songs from your library. Watch movies and
video podcasts in widescreen. Use AirPlay to stream your music or videos wirelessly to
an Apple TV or compatible audio system. See Chapter 8, “iPod,” on page 95.
Send and receive SMS text messages. View a list of your previous conversations, and
tap a conversation to see the messages you sent and received. Send photos, video
clips (iPhone 3GS or later), contact information, and voice memos to MMS devices. See
Chapter 9, “Messages,” on page 110.
View and search your MobileMe, iCal, Microsoft Entourage, Microsoft Outlook, or
Microsoft Exchange calendars. Enter events on iPhone and they sync back to the
calendar on your computer. Subscribe to calendars. See the birthdays you’ve entered
in Contacts. Set alerts to remind you of events, appointments, and deadlines. See
Chapter 10, “Calendar,” on page 115.
View photos and videos you take with iPhone, save them from Mail or MMS messages,
or sync them from your computer. View videos (iPhone 3GS or later) in portrait or
landscape orientation. Zoom in on photos for a closer look, or print them. Watch a
slideshow. Email photos and videos, send them in MMS messages, or publish them to a
MobileMe gallery. Assign images to contacts, and use them as wallpaper. View photos
by place, and if you sync with iPhoto 8.0 (part of iLife ‘09) or later, view photos by
events and faces. See Chapter 11, “Photos,” on page 121.
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Camera
YouTube
Stocks
Maps
Take photos, and record videos (iPhone 3GS or later). View them on iPhone, email them,
send them in an MMS message, or upload them to your computer. Tap to focus on a
#  01    < " # '' #< '#   0<
Take a friend’s picture and set iPhone to display it when that person calls you. See
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 129.
Play videos from YouTube’s online collection. Search for any video, or browse featured,
most viewed, most recently updated, and top-rated videos. Set up and log in to your
YouTube account—then rate videos, sync your favorites, view subscriptions, and more.
Use AirPlay to stream YouTube videos to an Apple TV. Upload your own videos taken
with iPhone. See Chapter 13, “YouTube,” on page 133.
Watch your favorite stocks, updated automatically from the Internet. View company
news and current trading information, such as opening or average price, trading
volume, or market capitalization. Rotate iPhone to see detailed charts in landscape
  <      #   #% # #
to see a range between points. See Chapter 14, “Stocks,” on page 139.
See a street map, satellite view, or hybrid view of locations around the world. Zoom
in for a closer look, or check out the Google Street View. Find and track your current
(approximate) location. See which way you’re facing (iPhone 3GS or later, using its builtin compass). Get detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions and see current
 
 #<]0####     # <
Chapter 15, “Maps,” on page 141.
Get current weather conditions and a six-day forecast. Add your favorite cities for a
quick weather report anytime. See Chapter 16, “Weather,” on page 150.
Weather
Notes
Clock
Jot notes on the go—reminders, grocery lists, brilliant ideas. Send them in email. Sync
notes to Mail on your Mac, or Microsoft Outlook or Outlook Express on your PC. Sync
notes over the air (iPhone 3GS or later) with your MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, or IMAP
accounts. See Chapter 17, “Notes,” on page 152.
In the Utilities folder. View the time in cities around the world—create clocks for your
favorites. Set one or more alarms. Use the stopwatch, or set a countdown timer. See
Chapter 18, “Clock,” on page 155.
In the Utilities folder. Add, subtract, multiply, and divide. Rotate iPhone sideways to use
_ #   #<  19, “Calculator,” on page 158.
Calculator
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
15
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Compass
Voice
Memos
iTunes
App Store
Game
Center
Settings
Contacts
In the Utilities folder. Use the built-in digital compass (iPhone 3GS or later) to
determine your heading. Get your current coordinates. Choose between true north and
magnetic north. See Chapter 20, “Compass,” on page 161.
In the Utilities folder. Record voice memos on iPhone. Play them back on iPhone
or sync them with iTunes to listen to voice memos on your computer. Attach voice
memos to email or MMS messages. See Chapter 21, “Voice Memos,” on page 164.
Search the iTunes Store for music, movies, TV shows, audiobooks, and more. Browse,
preview, and download new releases, or see what’s popular in the top charts. Rent
movies and TV shows to view on iPhone. Stream and download podcasts. Follow your
 '  ##  # "# 6 #   0<
See Chapter 22, “iTunes Store,” on page 169.
Search the App Store for iPhone apps you can purchase or download using your Wi-Fi
or cellular data network connection. Read reviews or write your own reviews for your
favorite apps. Download and install the app on your Home screen. See Chapter 23, “App
Store,” on page 178.
Discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around the world
(iPhone 3GS or later). Invite a friend, or request a match with other worthy opponents.
Check player rankings on the leaderboards. Earn achievements for extras points. See
Chapter 24, “Game Center,” on page 184.
Set up accounts and adjust all iPhone settings in one convenient place. Set your own
volume limit for listening comfort. Set your ringtone, wallpaper, screen brightness, and
settings for network, phone, mail, web, music, video, photos, and more. Use Location
Services settings to set location privacy options for Maps, Camera, Compass, and
applicable third-party apps. Set auto-lock and a passcode for security. Restrict access
to explicit iTunes content and certain apps. Reset iPhone. See Chapter 25, “Settings,” on
page 193.
Get contact information synced from MobileMe, Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo!
Address Book, Google Contacts, Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Microsoft
Outlook, or Microsoft Exchange. Search, add, change, or delete contacts, which get
synced back to your computer. See Chapter 26, “Contacts,” on page 219.
Nike + iPod (which appears when you activate it in Settings) turns iPhone into a
workout companion. Track your pace, time, and distance from one workout to the next,
and choose a song to power through your routine. (iPhone 3GS or later. Requires select
Nike + iPod
Nike shoes and a Nike + iPod Sensor, sold separately.) See Chapter 27, “Nike + iPod,” on
page 225.
iBooks
Download the free iBooks app from the App Store for a great way to buy and read
books. Get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in iBookstore.
Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Print PDFs. See
Chapter 28, “iBooks,” on page 229.
Status Icons
The icons in the status bar at the top of the screen give information about iPhone:
16
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Status icon
What it means
Cell signal*
Shows whether you’re in range of the
cellular network and can make and receive
calls. The more bars, the stronger the
signal. If there’s no signal, the bars are
replaced with “No service.”
Airplane mode
Shows that airplane mode is on—you
cannot use the phone, access the Internet,
or use BluetoothÂŽ devices. Non-wireless
features are available. See “Airplane
Mode” on page 193.
3G
Shows that your carrier’s 3G (GSM models)
or EV-DO (CDMA model) network is
available, and iPhone can connect to the
Internet over that network. See “How
iPhone Connects to the Internet” on
page 22.
EDGE
Shows that your carrier’s EDGE network is
available, and iPhone can connect to the
Internet over that network. (GSM models
only.) See “How iPhone Connects to the
Internet” on page 22.
GPRS
Shows that your carrier’s GPRS (GSM
models) or 1xRTT (CDMA model) network
is available, and iPhone can connect to
the Internet over that network. See “How
iPhone Connects to the Internet” on
page 22.
Wi-Fi*
Shows that iPhone is connected to the
Internet over a Wi-Fi network. The more
bars, the stronger the connection. See
“Joining a Wi-Fi Network” on page 22.
Network activity
Shows over-the-air syncing or other
network activity. Some third-party apps
may also use the icon to show an active
process.
Call Forwarding
Shows that Call Forwarding is set up
on iPhone (GSM models only). See “Call
Forwarding” on page 212.
VPN
Shows that you’re connected to a network
using VPN. See “Network” on page 198.
Lock
Shows that iPhone is locked. See “8;8$
Sleep/Wake Button” on page 11.
TTY
Shows that iPhone is set to work with a
TTY machine. See “Using iPhone with a
Teletype (TTY) Machine” on page 213.
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
17
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Status icon
What it means
Play
Shows that a song, audiobook, or podcast
is playing. See “Playing Songs and Other
Audio” on page 96.
Portrait orientation lock
Shows that the iPhone screen is locked
in portrait orientation. See “Viewing in
Portrait or Landscape Orientation” on
page 32.
Alarm
Shows that an alarm is set. See “Alarms” on
page 155.
Location services
Shows that some app is using location
services. See “Location Services” on
page 200.
Bluetooth*
Blue or white icon: Bluetooth is on and
a device, such as a headset or car kit, is
connected. Gray icon: Bluetooth is on, but
no device is connected. No icon: Bluetooth
# $<{Bluetooth Devices” on
page 51.
Battery
Shows battery level or charging status. See
“Battery” on page 52.
| #   
18
## #&"  $  ##  "  <
Chapter 1 iPhone at a Glance
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Getting Started

WARNING: To avoid injury, read all operating instructions in this guide and safety
information in the iPhone Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/
support/manuals/iphone before using iPhone.
Viewing the User Guide on iPhone
The iPhone User Guide, optimized for viewing on iPhone, is available at help.apple.com/
iphone.
View the guide on iPhone: In Safari, tap
bookmark.
, then tap the iPhone User Guide
Add an icon for the guide to the Home screen: When viewing the guide, tap , then
tap “Add to Home Screen.”
The iPhone User Guide is available in many languages.
)%74(%'5)$%).!$)?%2%.4,!.'5!'% Tap “Change Language” at the bottom of the
screen on the main contents page, then choose the language you want.
What You Need
To use iPhone, you need:
 A wireless service plan with a carrier that provides iPhone service in your area
 A Mac or a PC with a USB 2.0 port and one of the following operating systems:
 Mac OS X v10.5.8 or later
 Windows 7, Windows Vista, or Windows XP Home or Professional (SP3)
 Screen resolution on your computer set to 1024 x 768 or higher
 iTunes 10.1.2 or later, available at www.itunes.com/download
 QuickTime 7.6.2 or later (for playing videos recorded by iPhone 3GS or later on your
computer)
 An Apple ID (such as an iTunes Store account or MobileMe account) for purchases
from the iTunes Store or App Store
19
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 An Internet connection for your computer (broadband is recommended)
Installing the SIM Card
If your SIM card (GSM models only) was not preinstalled, you must install it before you
can use iPhone.
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 4
)#1/
#!1$31!8
!0%1#,)0
/1
%*%#33//,
)#1/
#!1$
Installing the SIM Card in iPhone 3GS
!0%1#,)0/1
%*%#33//,

#!1$
#!1$31!8
Install the SIM card:
1 Insert the end of a paper clip or SIM eject tool into the hole on the SIM card tray.
&# "%#  #<
2 Pull out the SIM card tray and place the SIM card in the tray as shown.
3 With the tray aligned and the SIM card on top as shown, carefully replace the tray.
Activating iPhone
You must activate iPhone by signing up for a service plan with an iPhone service
carrier in your area and registering iPhone with the network.
Your iPhone may have been activated at the time of purchase. If it isn’t activated,
contact your iPhone retailer or cellular service provider.
For more information about iPhone, go to www.apple.com/iphone.
20
Chapter 2 Getting Started
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Setting Up iPhone
Before you can use iPhone, you must set it up in iTunes. During setup, you can create a
new Apple ID or specify an existing Apple ID for making purchases with iPhone. (The
iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions.) iTunes also records the
serial number of your iPhone in case you need it.
Set up iPhone:
1 Download and install the latest version of iTunes from www.itunes.com/download.
2 Connect iPhone to a USB 2.0 port on your Mac or PC using the cable that came with
iPhone.
3 Follow the onscreen instructions.
In the Set Up Your iPhone screen, select “Automatically sync contacts, calendars and
0" #}  #"##  "    &
to your computer. You can also customize your sync settings in iTunes. See “Syncing
with iTunes” on page 56.
Note: If you have a visual impairment, VoiceOver (iPhone 3GS or later) can help you
set up iPhone without a sighted assistant. VoiceOver describes aloud what appears on
the screen, so you can use iPhone without seeing it. When you connect iPhone to your
computer, iTunes detects whether you’re using a compatible screen reader on your
computer, such as VoiceOver (Mac) or GW Micro Window-Eyes (PC), and automatically
enables VoiceOver on iPhone. A sighted user can also enable VoiceOver on iPhone
using Accessibility settings. (VoiceOver may not be available in all languages.) See
“VoiceOver” on page 236.
Disconnecting iPhone from Your Computer
You can disconnect iPhone from your computer at any time. However, if you
disconnect it while a sync is in progress, some data may not get synced until the next
time you connect iPhone to your computer.
When iPhone is syncing with your computer, iPhone shows “Sync in Progress.” If you
#  &0 ### %#"  "  # <
the sync is complete, iTunes shows “iPhone sync is complete.”
Chapter 2 Getting Started
21
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Cancel a sync: Drag the slider on iPhone.
If you get a call during a sync, the sync is canceled and you can disconnect iPhone to
#  < &   ## <
Connecting to the Internet
iPhone connects to the Internet whenever you use Mail, Safari, YouTube, Stocks, Maps,
Weather, the App Store, or the iTunes Store.
How iPhone Connects to the Internet
iPhone connects to the Internet using either a Wi-Fi network or a cellular data network.
iPhone does the following, in order, until connected:
 Connects over the last Wi-Fi
network you used that’s available.
 If no previously used Wi-Fi networks are available, iPhone shows a list of Wi-Fi
networks in range. Tap a network and, if necessary, enter the password to join.
Networks that require a password show the lock icon next to them. You can
prevent iPhone from automatically showing available networks. See “Wi-Fi” on
page 194.
 If no Wi-Fi networks are available or you choose not to join any, iPhone connects to
the Internet over a cellular data network ( , , or ). You can prevent iPhone from
using cellular data in Settings. See “Network” on page 198.
If no Wi-Fi networks are available and a cellular data network isn’t available, iPhone
cannot connect to the Internet.
Note: Unless you have a 3G connection on a GSM model, you cannot use the Internet
over a cellular data network when you’re on a call. You must have a Wi-Fi connection
to use Internet apps while also talking on the phone.
Many Wi-Fi networks can be used free of charge including, in some countries or
regions, Wi-Fi hotspots provided by your iPhone carrier. Some Wi-Fi networks require
a fee. To join a Wi-Fi network at a hotspot where charges apply, you can usually open
Safari to see a webpage that allows you to sign up for service.
Joining a Wi-Fi Network
The Wi-Fi settings let you turn on Wi-Fi and join Wi-Fi networks.
Turn on Wi-Fi: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on.
Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Settings > Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects
networks in range, then select a network (fees may apply to join some Wi-Fi networks).
If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks that require a password appear
with a lock icon).
22
Chapter 2 Getting Started
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically connects to it whenever
the network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone
joins the one last used.
When iPhone is connected to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi
icon in the status bar at the
top of the screen shows the connection strength. The more bars you see, the stronger
the connection.
]  "  0  K]##%#{Wi-Fi” on page 194.
Cellular Data Network Access
3G, EDGE, and GPRS (GSM models) and EV-DO and 1xRTT (CDMA model) allow Internet
connectivity over the cellular network available through your iPhone carrier’s wireless
service. Check the carrier’s network coverage in your area for availability.
You can tell iPhone is connected to the Internet via the cellular data network if you see
the 3G/EV-DO ( ), EDGE ( ), or GPRS/1xRTT ( ) icon in the status bar at the top of the
screen.
Note: On EDGE and GPRS connections, you may not be able to receive calls while
iPhone is actively transferring data over a cellular network—downloading a webpage,
for example. Incoming calls then go directly to voicemail. On EV-DO connections, data
transfers are paused during incoming calls. On 1xRTT connections, incoming calls go
directly to voicemail during data transfers.
Turn 3G on: (GSM models only.) In Settings, choose General > Network and tap Enable
3G.
If you’re outside your carrier’s network, you may be able to access the Internet through
another carrier. To enable email, web browsing, and other data services whenever
possible, turn Data Roaming on.
Turn Data Roaming on: In Settings, choose General > Network and turn Data
Roaming on.
Important: Roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges, make sure
   "# $<
Internet Access on an Airplane
*  " #$&  %K]%€% & #" # 
receivers to avoid interfering with aircraft operation. Airplane mode disables many
of the iPhone features. In some countries or regions, where allowed by the aircraft
operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can turn on Wi-Fi while airplane
mode is on, to:
 Send and receive email
 Browse the Internet
Chapter 2 Getting Started
23
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Sync your contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes (iPhone 3GS or later)
over the air
 Stream YouTube videos
 Get stock quotes
 Get map locations
 Get weather reports
 Purchase music and apps
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth to use Bluetooth devices with iPhone.
For more information, see “Airplane Mode” on page 193.
VPN Access
VPN (virtual private network) provides secure access over the Internet to private
networks, such as the network at your company or school. Use Network settings to
   ‚&<{Network” on page 198.
Sharing an Internet Connection
You can use iPhone to share an Internet connection for a computer connected to
iPhone via Wi-Fi, Bluetooth, or USB. On GSM models this is called tethering; on a CDMA
model this is called personal hotspot. On a CDMA model, you can also share an Internet
connection for an iPod, iPad, and even other iPhones connected to iPhone via Wi-Fi.
Note: Internet sharing may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional fees
may apply. Contact your carrier for more information.
You need to set up Internet sharing with your carrier before it can be used. If you
haven’t done this, the Set Up Internet Tethering button appears in your Network
settings in place of the Internet Tethering or Personal Hotspot button. Tap Set Up
Internet Tethering to contact your carrier.
Internet sharing works over the cellular data network. You can’t use Internet sharing
if iPhone is connected to the Internet via Wi-Fi. If iPhone is connected to the cellular
data network via 3G, you can make and receive phone calls while sharing an Internet
connection (GSM models only).
Share an Internet connection:
1 In Settings, choose General > Network > Internet Tethering (GSM models) or Personal
Hotspot (CDMA model).
2 Turn on Internet Tethering or Personal Hotspot.
3 Connect a computer or other device to iPhone:
 Wi-Fi: On the device, choose the name of your iPhone from the list of available Wi-Fi
networks, then enter the Wi-Fi password for your iPhone when prompted.
24
Chapter 2 Getting Started
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 USB: Connect your computer to iPhone, using the Dock Connector to USB Cable. In
your computer’s Network services settings, choose iPhone.
8 ƒ % K  # #"  %# {*
    #0 <}  &   #%  
network settings for iPhone, then click Apply. On a PC, use the Network Control
&   &  <
 Bluetooth: On iPhone, choose Settings > General > Bluetooth and turn on
Bluetooth. Then refer to the documentation that came with your computer system
software to pair and connect iPhone with your device.
When you’re connected, a blue band appears at the top of the screen. Internet sharing
remains on when you connect with USB, even when you aren’t actively using the
Internet connection.
Change the Wi-Fi password for iPhone: (CDMA model only.) In Settings, choose
General > Network > Personal Hotspot > Wi-Fi Password, then enter a password of at
least 8 characters.
Changing the password disconnects any computers sharing the Internet connection.
Monitor your cellular data network usage: In Settings, choose General > Usage.
Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts
About Accounts
iPhone works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular
Internet-based email, contacts, and calendar service providers. If you don’t already
have an email account, you can get a free account online at www.yahoo.com, www.
google.com, or www.aol.com. You can also try MobileMe, free for 60 days, at www.
me.com.
You can add contacts using an LDAP or CardDAV account if your company or
organization supports it. See “Adding Contacts” on page 219.
You can add a CalDAV calendar account. See “Syncing Calendars” on page 115.
You can subscribe to iCal (.ics) calendars or import them from Mail. See “Subscribing to
Calendars” and “Importing Calendar Files from Mail” on page 120.
Setting Up MobileMe Accounts
To use MobileMe on iPhone, you need to set up a MobileMe Free Account or a
MobileMe Paid Subscription.
A MobileMe Free Account lets you use Find My iPhone (not available in all countries or
regions), a feature that helps you locate and protect the information on your iPhone if
it’s lost or stolen. See “Security Features” on page 53.
Chapter 2 Getting Started
25
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
A MobileMe Paid Subscription lets you use Find My iPhone, plus the following features:
 Mail account at me.com
 Over-the-air syncing for contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes
 MobileMe Gallery for sharing photos and videos
 ƒ0ƒ# #  # #
You can try out these features with a 60-day free trial at www.apple.com/mobileme.
A MobileMe Free Account is available to any customer with an iPhone 4 running iOS
4.2 or later. If you’ve already created an account for the App Store or Game Center, you
can use that Apple ID for your MobileMe Free Account. You can create a new Apple
?6    '%   $ *?  ƒ0ƒ
account.
Set up a MobileMe Free Account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap MobileMe.
3 Enter your Apple ID and password, or tap Create Free Apple ID.
4 Follow the onscreen instructions.
Verify your email address, if required.
5 Make sure Find My iPhone is turned on.
Only one MobileMe account at a time can be used for Find My iPhone and for syncing
contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes.
To use Gallery, iDisk, and Find My iPhone on iPhone, download the free MobileMe
Gallery, MobileMe iDisk, and Find My iPhone apps from the App Store.
Setting Up Microsoft Exchange Accounts
To use Microsoft Exchange on iPhone, you need to add an account with your Microsoft
Exchange account settings. See your service provider or system administrator for those
settings.
iPhone uses the Exchange ActiveSync protocol to sync email, calendars, and contacts
over the air with the following versions of Microsoft Exchange:
 Exchange Server 2003 Service Pack 2
 Exchange Server 2007 Service Pack 1
 Exchange Server 2010
When setting up the account, you can choose which Exchange services you want to
use with iPhone:
 Mail
 Contacts
26
Chapter 2 Getting Started
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Calendars
Services you turn on are synced automatically over the air without having to connect
iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Accounts” on page 56.
You can set up multiple Exchange accounts.
Set up an Exchange account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap Microsoft Exchange.
3 Enter your complete email address, domain (optional), user name, password, and a
description. The description can be whatever you like.
iPhone supports Microsoft’s Autodiscovery service, which uses your user name and
password to determine the address of the Exchange server. If the server’s address
can’t be determined, you’re asked to enter it. (Enter the complete address in the Server
<†8   ‡_  # ' %" 0 "   
passcode to match the policies set on the server.
4 Tap the items you want to use on iPhone (mail, contacts, and calendars) and set how
many days of email you want to sync to iPhone.
Setting Up Google, Yahoo!, and AOL Accounts
For many popular accounts (Google, Yahoo!, AOL), iPhone enters most of the settings
for you. When setting up the account, you can choose which account services you
want to use with iPhone. Services you turn on are synced automatically over the
air without having to connect iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Accounts” on
page 56.
Set up an account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Tap Add Account, then tap Google, Yahoo!, or AOL.
3 Enter your name, complete email address, password, and a description. The description
can be whatever you like.
4 Tap the items you want to use on iPhone. Available items depend upon the service
provider.
Setting Up Other Accounts
Choose Other Accounts to set up other accounts for mail (such as POP), contacts (such
as LDAP or CardDAV), or calendars (such as CalDAV). Contact your service provider or
system administrator to get the account settings you need.
Set up an account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
Chapter 2 Getting Started
27
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2 Tap Add Account, then tap Other.
3 Choose the account type you want to add (Mail, Contacts, or Calendars).
4 Enter your account information and tap Save.
28
Chapter 2 Getting Started
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Basics
Using Apps
K #ƒK  #  #" # #"  ##
iPhone apps.
Opening and Switching Apps
You open an app on iPhone by tapping its icon on the Home screen.
Return to the Home screen: Press the Home
button below the display.
Switch to another Home screen: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row
of dots.
/4/4(%=234/-%3#2%%. Press the Home
button.
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can quickly switch between the apps you’re using;
multitasking also allows certain apps to run in the background.
29
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
View the most recently used apps (iPhone 3GS or later): Double-click the Home
button.
The four most recently used app are shown at the bottom of the screen. Flick left to
see more apps.
Note: 8&‰%0K  !"0  "# # 
by the Home Button setting. See “Home Button” on page 200.
Remove an app from the recents list: Touch and hold the app icon until it begins to
jiggle, then tap .
The app is added to recent apps again the next time you open it.
Scrolling
Drag up or down to scroll. On some screens such as webpages, you can also scroll side
to side.
   # 6 #  '  # <
30
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Flick to scroll quickly.
You can wait for the scrolling to come to a stop, or touch anywhere on the screen to
stop it immediately. Touching the screen to stop scrolling won’t choose or activate
anything.
To quickly scroll to the top of a list, webpage, or email, just tap the status bar.
Find items in an indexed list: Tap a letter to jump to items starting with that letter.
    _# Š  #<
'0
Choose an item: Tap an item in the list.
#%  " $ #[ _ "%" 
open a new list, play a song, open an email, or show someone’s contact information so
you can call that person.
Chapter 3 Basics
31
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Zooming In or Out
When viewing photos, webpages, email, or maps, you can zoom in and out. Pinch your
 #    <] # 0 #% 0K ‹  
quickly) to zoom in, then double-tap again to zoom out. For maps, double-tap to zoom
    #X"<
Viewing in Portrait or Landscape Orientation
Many iPhone apps let you view the screen in either portrait or landscape orientation.
 & #   #% 1# "  
screen orientation.
entering text, for example. In landscape orientation:
 Webpages scale to the wider screen, making the text and images larger.
 The onscreen keyboard is larger, which may help increase your typing speed and
accuracy.
The following apps support both portrait and landscape orientation:
 Mail
 Safari
 Messages
 Notes
 Contacts
32
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Stocks
 iPod
 Photos
 Camera
 Calculator
Movies viewed in iPod and YouTube appear only in landscape orientation. Street views
in Maps also appear only in landscape orientation.
Lock the screen in portrait orientation (iPhone 3GS or later): Double-click the Home
0%Π0"#  " %  .
The portrait orientation lock ( ) icon appears in the status bar when the screen
orientation is locked.
Customizing the Home Screen
You can customize the layout of icons on the Home screen—including the Dock
icons along the bottom of the screen. If you want, arrange them over multiple Home
screens. You can also organize apps by grouping them in folders.
Rearranging Icons
You can arrange the icons on your Home screen in any order you want.
Rearrange icons:
1 Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until it begins to jiggle.
2 Arrange the icons by dragging them.
3 Press the Home
button to save your arrangement.
You can also add links to your favorite webpages on the Home screen. See “Web
Clips” on page 94.
When iPhone is connected to your computer, you can rearrange icons on the Home
screen and the order of the screens. In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then
click Apps at the top of the screen.
Chapter 3 Basics
33
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Move an icon to another screen: While arranging icons, drag an icon to the side of
the screen.
Create additional Home screens: 
 #%Π "#!"
screen, then drag an icon to the right edge of the screen until a new screen appears.
You can create up to 11 screens. The number of dots above the Dock shows the
number of screens you have, and which screen you’re viewing.
Reset your Home screen to the default layout: Choose Settings > General > Reset
and tap Reset Home Screen Layout.
Resetting the Home screen removes any folders you’ve created and applies the default
wallpaper to your Home screen.
Organizing with Folders
Folders let you organize icons on the Home screen. You can put up to 12 icons in a
folder. iPhone automatically names a folder when you create it, based on the icons you
use to create the folder, but you can change the name anytime you want. Like icons,
folders can be rearranged by dragging them around the Home screen. You can move
folders to a new Home screen or to the Dock.
Create a folder: Touch and hold an icon until the Home screen icons begin to jiggle,
then drag the icon onto another icon.
34
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPhone creates a new folder that includes the two icons, and shows the folder’s name.
   "   $  "<
You can also create folders within iTunes.
Create a folder using iTunes: With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone
in the Devices list in iTunes. Click Apps at the top of the screen, and on the Home
screen near the top of the window, drag an app on top of another.
Add an icon to a folder
While arranging icons, drag the icon onto the
folder.
Remove an icon from a folder
While arranging icons, tap to open the folder,
then drag the icon out of the folder.
Open a folder
Tap the folder. You can then tap an app icon to
open that app.
Close a folder
Tap outside the folder, or press the Home button.
Delete a folder
Move all icons out of the folder. The folder is
deleted automatically when empty.
Rename a folder
While arranging icons, tap to open the folder,
then tap the name at the top and use the
keyboard to enter a new name. Press the Home
button to save your changes.
#  X !"# % ##!"
changes.
button to save your
Many apps, such as Phone, Messages, Mail, and the App Store, display a badge on their
Home screen icon with a number (to indicate incoming items) or exclamation mark
(to indicate a problem). If these apps are contained in a folder, the badge appears on
the folder. A numbered badge shows the total number of items you haven’t attended
to, such as incoming phone calls, email messages, text messages, and updated apps to
download. An alert badge indicates a problem with an app in the folder.
Chapter 3 Basics
35
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Adding Wallpaper
You can set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPhone 3GS or
later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. You can choose an image that
came with iPhone, a photo from your Camera Roll, or a photo synced to iPhone from
your computer.
The Lock screen wallpaper also appears when you’re on a call with someone you don’t
have a contact photo for.
Set wallpaper (iPhone 3GS or later):
1 In Settings, choose Wallpaper, tap the image of the Lock and Home screens, then tap
Wallpaper or an album.
2 Tap to choose an image or photo. If you chose a photo, drag to position it and pinch to
zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want.
3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock
Screen, Home screen, or both.
Set wallpaper (iPhone 3G):
1 Choose Settings > Wallpaper, then tap Wallpaper or an album.
2 Tap to choose an image or photo. If you choose a photo, drag it to position it and
pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you want.
3 Tap Set Wallpaper.
Typing
The onscreen keyboard appears anytime you need to type.
36
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Entering Text
Use the keyboard to enter text, such as contact information, email, text messages, and
web addresses. The keyboard corrects misspellings, predicts what you're typing, and
learns as you use it.
Depending on the app you’re using, the intelligent keyboard may suggest corrections
as you type, to help prevent mistyped words.
Enter text:
1  _%#  #    %0 0 <
2 Tap keys on the keyboard.
 01# _ <*#"   % 
more quickly using two thumbs.
*#%    # 0' "0  <?  
% #     <  #6 
 #   "<
Delete the previous character
Tap
Type uppercase
Tap the Shift key before tapping a letter. Or
touch and hold the Shift key, then slide to a letter.
Quickly type a period and space
Double-tap the space bar. (You can turn
#   $#’ ’
0 <†
Turn caps lock on
Double-tap the Shift key. The Shift key turns
blue, and all letters you type are uppercase. Tap
    # $<‹ 
 #   $#’ ’
0 <†
Chapter 3 Basics
37
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Show numbers, punctuation, or symbols
Tap the Number
key. Tap the Symbol
key
to see additional punctuation and symbols.
Type letters or symbols that aren’t on the
keyboard
Touch and hold the related letter or symbol, then
slide to choose a variation.
Dictionary
For many languages, iPhone has dictionaries to help you type. The appropriate
dictionary is activated when you select a supported keyboard.
For a list of supported languages, see www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
iPhone uses the active dictionary to suggest corrections or complete the word you’re
typing. You don’t need to interrupt your typing to accept the suggested word.
4''%23%$
6/1$
Accept or reject dictionary suggestions:
B To reject the suggested word, #  # % {_}
dismiss the suggestion before typing anything else. Each time you reject a suggestion
for the same word, iPhone becomes more likely to accept your word.
Note: If you’re entering Chinese or Japanese, tap one of the suggested alternatives.
B To use the suggested word, type a space, punctuation mark, or return character.
iPhone also underlines words you’ve already typed that might be misspelled.
Use spell checking to replace a misspelled word: Tap the underlined word, then tap
one of the suggested corrections.
38
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If none of the suggestions is correct, you can correct the spelling of the selected word
by retyping it. To leave the word unchanged, tap somewhere else in the message area.
52.!54/#/22%#4)/././2/? # ’0 % *K
   $<*K  #0 <
52.30%,,#(%#+).'/./2/? # ’0 %  
 $<  #0 <
Editing—Cut, Copy, and Paste
The touchscreen makes it easy to make changes to text you’ve entered. An onscreen
magnifying glass helps you position the insertion point precisely where you need it.
Grab points on selected text let you quickly select more or less text. You can also cut,
copy, and paste text and photos within apps, or across multiple apps.
Position the insertion point: Touch and hold to bring up the magnifying glass, then
drag to position the insertion point.
Select text: Tap the insertion point to display the selection buttons. Tap Select to
select the adjacent word or tap Select All to select all text. You can also double-tap to
select a word. In read-only documents, such as webpages, or email or text messages
you’ve received, touch and hold to select a word.
Drag the grab points to select more or less text.
Chapter 3 Basics
39
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Cut or copy text: Select text, then tap Cut or Copy.
Paste text: Tap the insertion point and tap Paste. The last text that you cut or copied is
inserted. Or select text and tap Paste to replace the text.
Undo the last edit: Shake iPhone and tap Undo.
International Keyboards
?   0 #  _" $   #% 
languages that are written from right to left. If you want to enter text in other
languages, you can use Settings to make additional keyboards available when you
type.
For a list of supported keyboards, go to www.apple.com/iphone/specs.html.
Add a keyboard:
1 ?#% # ’0 ’?   0 #<
The number before the arrow indicates the number of keyboards currently enabled.
*0 % # 0  "#<
Repeat to add more keyboards. Some languages have multiple keyboards available.
Switch keyboards when you’re typing: Tap . When you tap the symbol, the name of
 ' 0   #0 Œ<
You can also touch and hold to display a list of available keyboards. To choose a
0  "#%#   "0 %  #<
!0/13/4#(!.$
(/,$3/26)3#(
+%8"/!1$2
Edit your keyboard list: # ’0 ’?   0 #%
tap Edit and do one of the following:
 To delete a keyboard, tap
 To reorder the list, drag
40
Chapter 3 Basics
, then tap Delete.
next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Type letters, numbers, or symbols that aren’t on Touch and hold the related letter, number, or
the keyboard
symbol, then slide to choose a variation. On the
Thai keyboards, for example, you can choose
native numbers by touching and holding the
related Arabic number.
Enter Japanese Kana
#   # # 0#<] " 
syllable options, tap the arrow key and select
another syllable or word from the window.
Enter Japanese QWERTY
Use the QWERTY keyboard to input code for
Japanese syllables. As you type, suggested
syllables appear. Tap the syllable to choose it.
Enter Emoji picture characters
Use the Emoji keyboard. Available only on
iPhones purchased and used in Japan.
Enter facemarks
#“  #  0 % {”•”}
key.
Using the Japanese Romaji keyboard (QWERTYkey, then
Japanese layout), tap the Number
 {”•”}<
##‹"   †
Pinyin or (Traditional) Zhuyin keyboards, tap the
Symbols % {”•”}<
Enter Korean
#–K  0 ! 
letters. To type double consonants or compound
vowels, touch and hold the letter, then slide to
choose the double letter.
.4%2)-0,)=%$/22!$)4)/.!, ().%3%).9).
Use the QWERTY keyboard to enter Pinyin for
Chinese characters. As you type, suggested
Chinese characters appear. Tap a suggestion
to choose it, or continue entering Pinyin to see
more options.
If you keep entering Pinyin without spaces,
sentence suggestions appear.
Enter Chinese Cangjie
Use the keyboard to build Chinese characters
from the component Cangjie keys. As you type,
suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap a
character to choose it, or continue typing up
'  "##"  
 
options.
Chapter 3 Basics
41
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
42
.4%2)-0,)=%$ ().%3%42/+%5")5!
Use the keypad to build Chinese characters using
'# #    #Š —
from left to right, top to bottom, outside to
inside, and from inside to the closing stroke (for
_ "%# 
  ‹  †#
0'  #  †<
As you type, suggested Chinese characters
appear (the most commonly used characters
  #†<   
  #<
If you’re not sure of the correct stroke, enter an
asterisk (*). To see more character options, type
another stroke, or scroll through the character list.
"  ‹ †# 
 #
that match exactly what you typed. For example,
 ‹†  "  ‹ †
%## ""# ܠ  # #
an exact match.
Enter Traditional Chinese Zhuyin
Use the keyboard to enter Zhuyin letters. As you
type, suggested Chinese characters appear. Tap
a suggestion to choose it, or continue entering
Zhuyin letters to see more options. After you type
an initial letter, the keyboard changes to show
more letters.
If you keep entering Zhuyin without spaces,
sentence suggestions appear.
.4%2(!.$72)44%.)-0,)=%$/22!$)4)/.!,
Chinese
Write Chinese characters directly on the screen
  <*#  
 # #%
iPhone recognizes them and shows matching
characters in a list, with the closest match
at the top. When you choose a character, its
likely follow-on characters appear in the list as
additional choices.
You can get some complex characters by writing
two or more component characters. For example,
  ‹#†% ‹0 #†% ‹  
 "!?   *  †% 
appears in the character list with an arrow next
to it. Tap the character to replace the characters
you entered.
"#  %" 
characters are also recognized.
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
/.6%24"%47%%.)-0,)=%$!.$2!$)4)/.!,
Chinese
Select the character or characters you want to
convert, then tap Replace. See “Editing—Cut,
Copy, and Paste” on page 39.
Enter Vietnamese
Touch and hold a character to see the available
diacritical marks, then slide to choose the one
you want.
You can also type the following key sequences to
enter characters with diacritical marks:

[™‹   "Œ_†
 [ ‹  †
 [š‹  "Œ_†
 [›‹  "Œ_†
 [ ‹†
 [ ‹†
 [ ‹ #†
 as—á (a acute)
 af—à (a grave)

[ ‹ Š#" †
 ax—ã (a rising accent)
 1[ ‹  †
"   #   " #  % 
 # 
 #  % ##—
/4#(0!$
When using certain Chinese or Japanese keyboards, you can create a dictionary
of word and input pairs. When you type a word from the dictionary while using a
supported keyboard, the associated input is substituted for the word. The dictionary is
available for the following keyboards:
 #K"‹&†
 Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin)
 Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin)
 Japanese (Romaji)
Chapter 3 Basics
43
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 “  #‹ †
Add a word to the dictionary: ?#% # ’0 ’‡# 
  < œ%     % "%&% 
  <
You can have multiple inputs for each word, depending on the keyboards you’ve
turned on.
Delete a word from the dictionary: Tap the word in the User Dictionary list, then tap
Delete Word.
Keyboard Layouts
You can use Settings to set the keyboard layouts for software and hardware keyboards.
The available layouts depend on the keyboard language.
Select a keyboard layout: ?#% # ’0 ’?   
0 #%#  0 <]    % " # 
selections for both the onscreen software and any external hardware keyboards.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard on the iPhone
screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple Wireless
0   &.
Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
]  #% # * ##0 ‹ '  0#
iPhone 3GS or later).
ž
* ##0   #' €%#"#  0 
with iPhone. See “Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone” on page 51.
Once the keyboard is paired with iPhone, it connects whenever the keyboard is within
range (up to 30 feet). You can tell that the keyboard is connected if the onscreen
0 #6    _<
Switch the language when using a hardware keyboard: Press and hold the
Command key, then tap the space bar to display a list of available languages. Tap the
# 0    # $   <
Disconnect a wireless keyboard from iPhone: Press and hold the power button on
0  #$<
iPhone disconnects the keyboard when it’s out of range.
Unpair a wireless keyboard from iPhone: In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, tap
next to the device name, then tap “Forget this Device.”
  $  #  ##0 <{?   0 #” on
page 40 and “0  #” on page 44.
44
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Printing
About AirPrint
AirPrint lets you print wirelessly to AirPrint-capable printers. You can print from the
following iOS apps:
 Mail—email messages and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look
 Photos—photos
 Safari—webpages, PDFs, and other attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look
 iBooks—PDFs
Other apps available from the App Store may also support AirPrint.
AirPrint-capable printers don’t require setup; they just need to be connected to the
same Wi-Fi network as iPhone. (If you’re not sure whether your printer is AirPrintcapable, refer to its documentation.)
For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT4356.
Printing a Document
AirPrint uses your Wi-Fi network to send print jobs wirelessly to your printer. iPhone
must be connected to the same wireless network as the AirPrint printer.
Print a document:
1 Tap
or
(depending on the app you’re using), then tap Print.
2 Tap Select Printer to select a printer.
3 Set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the printer
supports it). Some apps also let you set a range of pages to print.
4 Tap Print.
Chapter 3 Basics
45
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See the status of a print job: Double-click the Home button, then tap Print Center.
The Print Center app appears as the most recent app when a document is printing. A
badge on the app icon shows how many documents are queued for printing.
If you’re printing more than one document, select a print job to see its status summary.
Cancel a print job: Double-click the Home button, tap Print Center, select the print job
(if you’re printing more than one document), then tap Cancel Printing.
46
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching
You can search many apps on iPhone, including Mail, Calendar, iPod, Notes, Messages
(iPhone 3GS or later), and Contacts. You can search an individual app, or search all apps
at once using Search.
Go to Search: 8" !"# %Π   ##!"
button.
From the Search screen, press the Home
page.
button to return to the main Home screen
Search iPhone: 8 # % _ <  ##
appear as you type. Tap an item in the list to open it. Tap Search to dismiss the
keyboard and see more results.
Icons next to the search results show which app the results are from.
iPhone may display a top hit for you at the top of the list, based on your previous
searches. The Safari search results include options to search the web or to search
Wikipedia.
App
What’s searched
Contacts
First, last, and company names
Mail
%] "% 01 # 
text of messages isn’t searched)
Calendar
Event titles, invitees, locations, and notes
iPod
Music (names of songs, artists, and albums) and
the titles of podcasts, videos, and audiobooks
Messages (iPhone 3GS or later)
Names and text of messages
Notes
Text of notes
Chapter 3 Basics
#‹
47
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Search also searches the names of the native and installed apps on iPhone, so if you
have a lot of apps, you may want to use Search to locate and open apps.
Open apps from Search: Enter the app name, then tap to open the app directly from
the search results.
Use the Spotlight Search setting to specify which contents are searched and the order
the results are presented in. See “Spotlight Search” on page 201.
Voice Control
Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) lets you make phone calls and control iPod music
playback using voice commands.
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen
appears and you hear a beep. You can also press and hold the center button on the
iPhone earphones.
Use the following commands to make calls or play songs.
48
Call someone in contacts
Say “call” or “dial,” then say the name of the
person. If the person has more than one phone
number, you can add “home” or “mobile,” for
example.
Make a FaceTime call someone in contacts
(iPhone 4 only)
Say “FaceTime,” then say the name of the person.
If the person has more than one phone number,
you can add “home” or “mobile,” for example.
Dial a number
Say “call” or “dial,” then say the number.
Control music playback
Say “play” or “play music.” To pause, say “pause”
or “pause music.” You can also say “next song” or
“previous song.”
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Play an album, artist, or playlist
Say “play,” then say “album,” “artist,” or “playlist”
and the name.
(5A%4(%#522%.40,!9,)34
 {#Ÿ<}
Find out more about the currently playing song Say “what’s playing,” “what song is this,” “who
sings this song,” or “who is this song by.”
Use Genius to play similar songs
Say “Genius,” “play more like this,” or “play more
songs like this.”
Find out the current time
Say “what time is it?” or “what is the time?”
Cancel Voice Control
Say “cancel” or “stop.”
For best results:
 Speak into the iPhone microphone as if you were making a phone call. You can also
use the microphone on your Bluetooth headset or compatible Bluetooth car kit.
 Speak clearly and naturally.
 Say only iPhone commands and names, and numbers. Pause slightly between
commands.
 Use full names.
For more about using Voice Control, including information about using Voice Control
$   #%support.apple.com/kb/HT3597.
Voice Control normally expects you to speak voice commands in the language that’s
set for iPhone (the setting in General > International > Language). Voice Control
settings let you change the language for speaking voice commands. Some languages
 '  0$   #  #<
Change the language or country: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice
Control and tap the language or country.
Voice Control for the iPod app is always on, but for better security you can prevent
voice dialing when iPhone is locked.
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
   ‚  $< &#'  <
See “Voice Dialing” on page 65 and “Using Voice Control with iPod” on page 100.
Chapter 3 Basics
49
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic
The Apple Earphones with Remote and Mic included with iPhone feature a
microphone, volume buttons, and an integrated button that allows you to answer and
end calls easily, and control audio and video playback.
%.3%1"433/.
Plug in the earphones to listen to music or make a phone call. Press the center button
to control music playback and answer or end calls, even when iPhone is locked.
Pause a song or video
Press the center button. Press again to resume
playback.
Skip to the next song
Press the center button twice quickly.
Return to previous song
Press the center button three times quickly.
Fast-forward
Press the center button twice quickly and hold.
Rewind
Press the center button three times quickly and
hold.
Adjust the volume (iPhone 3GS or later)
Press the + or – button.
Answer an incoming call
Press the center button.
End the current call
Press the center button.
Decline an incoming call
Press and hold the center button for about two
# #%< 0#  "
declined the call.
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call and put
the current call on hold
Press the center button. Press again to switch
0  # <
Switch to an incoming or on-hold call and end
the current call
Press and hold the center button for about two
# #%< 0#  "
 # <
Use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later)
Press and hold the center button. See “Voice
Control” on page 48.
If you get a call while the earphones are plugged in, you can hear the ringtone
through both the iPhone speaker and the earphones.
50
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Bluetooth Devices
 #&* ##0   €' #%
such as Bluetooth headsets, car kits, and stereo headphones. Third-party Bluetooth
headphones may support volume and playback controls. See the documentation that
" €' <] # € #%support.
apple.com/kb/HT3647.
Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss and about driving
safely, see the Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/
manuals/iphone.
€  # €' &%"# #  "<
Pair a Bluetooth headset, car kit, or other device with iPhone:
1 Follow the instructions that came with the device to make it discoverable or to set it to
search for other Bluetooth devices.
2 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
3 Choose the device on iPhone, and enter its passkey or PIN number. See the
instructions about the passkey or PIN that came with the device.
After you pair a Bluetooth device to work with iPhone, you must make a connection to
have iPhone use the device for your calls. See the documentation that came with the
device.
When iPhone is connected to a Bluetooth headset or car kit, outgoing calls are routed
through the device. Incoming calls are routed through the device if you answer using
the device, and through iPhone if you answer using iPhone.
Pair an Apple Wireless Keyboard with iPhone:
1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
2 & ## 0* ##0  <
3 On iPhone, select the keyboard listed under Devices.
4 Type the passkey on the keyboard as instructed, then press Return.
Note:    * ##0 &  "<    
$ 0 %"# #    <
For more information, see “# * ##0 ” on page 44.
Bluetooth Status
The Bluetooth icon appears in the iPhone status bar at the top of the screen:

or : Bluetooth is on and a device is connected to iPhone. (The color depends on
the current color of the status bar.)
Chapter 3 Basics
51
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT

: Bluetooth is on but no device is connected. If you’ve paired a device with iPhone,
" 0   $<
 No Bluetooth icon: €# $<
Unpairing a Bluetooth Device from iPhone
You can unpair a Bluetooth device if you don’t want to use it with iPhone any more.
Unpair a Bluetooth device:
1 In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth and turn Bluetooth on.
2 Tap
next to the device name, then tap “Forget this Device.”
Battery
iPhone has an internal rechargeable battery.
Charging the Battery
WARNING: For important safety information about charging iPhone, see the
Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
The battery icon in the upper-right corner shows the battery level or charging status.
You can also display the percentage of the battery charge (iPhone 3GS or later). See
“Usage” on page 198.
(!1').'
(!1'%$
Charge the battery: Connect iPhone to a power outlet using the included Dock
Connector to USB Cable and USB power adapter.
Charge the battery and sync iPhone: Connect iPhone to your computer using the
included Dock Connector to USB Cable. Or connect iPhone to your computer using the
included cable and the Dock, available separately.
52
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Unless your keyboard has a high-powered USB 2.0 port, you must connect iPhone to a
USB 2.0 port on your computer.
Important: The iPhone battery may drain instead of charge if iPhone is connected to a
"  6# $ ## # 0"<
If you charge the battery while syncing or using iPhone, it may take longer to charge.
Important: If iPhone is very low on power, it may display one of the following images,
indicating that iPhone needs to charge for up to ten minutes before you can use it.
If iPhone is extremely low on power, the display may be blank for up to two minutes
before one of the low-battery images appears.
/1
Maximizing Battery Life
iPhone uses lithium-ion batteries. To learn more about how to maximize the lifespan
and battery life of your iPhone, go to www.apple.com/batteries.
Replacing the Battery
Rechargeable batteries have a limited number of charge cycles and may eventually
need to be replaced. The iPhone battery isn’t user replaceable; it can only be replaced
by an authorized service provider. For more information, go to www.apple.com/
support/iphone/service/battery.
Security Features
Security features help protect the information on iPhone from being accessed by
others.
Chapter 3 Basics
53
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Passcodes and Data Protection
You can set a passcode that you must enter each time you turn on or wake up iPhone.
Set a passcode: Choose Settings > General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit
passcode, then enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter
the passcode to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
Setting a passcode turns on data protection (iPhone 3GS or later). Data protection uses
your passcode as the key for encrypting mail messages and their attachments stored
on iPhone. (Data protection may also be used by some apps available in the App
Store.) A notice at the bottom of the Passcode Lock screen in Settings indicates when
data protection is enabled.
  ##  &% $"& ##  #   ## 
with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and special characters. See
“Passcode Lock” on page 201.
Important: On an iPhone 3GS that didn’t ship with iOS 4 or later, you must also restore
iOS software to enable data protection. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 255.
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
   ‚  $< &#'  <
Find My iPhone
Find My iPhone helps you locate and secure your iPhone using the free Find My
iPhone app on another iPhone, iPad, or iPod touch, or using a Mac or PC with a web
browser. Find My iPhone includes:
 Locate on a map: View the approximate location of your iPhone on a full-screen
map
 Display a Message or Play a Sound: Lets you compose a message that will appear
on your iPhone screen, or play a sound at full volume for two minutes, even if the
Ring/Silent switch is set to silent
 Remote Passcode Lock: Lets you remotely lock your iPhone and create a 4-digit
passcode, if you haven’t set one previously
 Remote Wipe: Lets you protect your privacy by erasing all media and data on
iPhone, restoring it to factory settings
Use Find My iPhone: You need to turn on Find My iPhone on iPhone before you can
use these features. See “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25.
To locate your missing iPhone and use the other Find My iPhone features, download
the free Find My iPhone app from the App Store on another iOS device, or sign in to
me.com in a web browser on a Mac or PC.
54
Chapter 3 Basics
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Note: Find My iPhone requires a MobileMe account. MobileMe is Apple’s online
service, which provides Find My iPhone for free to iPhone 4 customers, and additional
features with a paid subscription. MobileMe may not be available in all countries or
regions. For more information, see “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25, or go
to www.apple.com/mobileme.
Cleaning iPhone
Clean iPhone immediately if it comes in contact with any contaminants that may cause
stains, such as ink, dyes, makeup, dirt, food, oils, or lotions. To clean iPhone, disconnect
 0#  $&‹ ## 8;8$; 0%
slide the onscreen slider). Then use a soft, slightly damp, lint-free cloth. Avoid getting
moisture in openings. Don’t use window cleaners, household cleaners, compressed air,
aerosol sprays, solvents, alcohol, ammonia, or abrasives to clean iPhone. The front cover
of iPhone 3GS and the front and back covers of iPhone 4 are made of glass and have
an oleophobic coating. To clean these surfaces, simply wipe with a soft, lint-free cloth.
The ability of this coating to repel oil will diminish over time with normal usage, and
00#   0 #'"     "##$  " 
scratch the glass.
For more information about handling iPhone, see the iPhone Important Product
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Restarting or Resetting iPhone
If something isn’t working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or
resetting iPhone.
Restart iPhone: & ## 8;8$; 0 # 
 #<   ###  $&<  &0 %
 ## 8;8$; 0*  #<
? 6 $&  0" #%"  #&<
* ##0 &$ #6 #' 0"<
Force quit an app: & ## 8;8$; 0  # #
until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits.
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to
quit. See “Opening and Switching Apps” on page 29.
Reset iPhone: & ## 8;8$; 0 !"0 
the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears.
For more troubleshooting suggestions, see Appendix A, “Support and Other
Information,” on page 253.
Chapter 3 Basics
55
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Syncing and File Sharing
About Syncing
Syncing copies information from your computer or online account to iPhone, then
keeps the information in sync by copying changes made in one location to the other.
You use iTunes on your computer to sync contacts, calendars, and other information;
iOS apps; photos and videos; and music and other iTunes content. By default, syncing
occurs whenever you connect iPhone to your computer.
  #  & ## ## '  ' ##  #
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and others. Your information on those
services is synced over the air.
Syncing Accounts
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, and other online service providers sync
information—which might include contacts, calendars, browser bookmarks, and notes
(iPhone 3GS or later)—via your Internet connection (over the air), so that you don’t
have to connect iPhone to your computer. The Internet connection can be over your
cellular network or your local Wi-Fi network.
Some service providers—including MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange—push
information updates. This means that syncing happens whenever any information is
changed. The Push setting in Fetch New Data must be turned on (it’s on by default).
For iPhone 3G users, iPhone must also be awake or connected to your computer or
a power adapter. Other providers sync by periodically “fetching” changes that have
occurred. Use the Fetch setting to determine how frequently this happens. See “Fetch
New Data” on page 209.
For information about setting up accounts on iPhone, see “Adding Mail, Contacts, and
Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Syncing with iTunes
You can set iTunes to sync any or all of the following:
 Contacts—names, phone numbers, addresses, email addresses, and more
56
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Calendars—appointments and events
 Email account settings
 Webpage bookmarks
 Notes
 Ringtones
 Music
 Photos and videos (in your computer’s photo application or folder)
 iTunes U collections
 Podcasts
 Books and audiobooks
 Movies, TV shows, and music videos
 Apps downloaded from the App Store
You can adjust sync settings whenever iPhone is connected to your computer.
Ringtones, music, audiobooks, podcasts, books, iTunes U collections, videos, and apps
are synced from your iTunes library. If you don’t already have content in iTunes, the
iTunes Store (not available in all countries or regions) makes it easy to preview content
and download it to iTunes. You can also add music to your iTunes library from your
CDs. To learn about iTunes and the iTunes Store, open iTunes and choose Help >
iTunes Help.
Contacts, calendars, notes, and webpage bookmarks are synced with applications on
your computer, as described in the following section. New entries or changes you
make on iPhone are synced to your computer, and vice versa.
iTunes also lets you sync photos and videos from an application or from a folder.
Email account settings are synced only from your computer’s email application to
&< # # #"X "  #& $ 
email account settings on your computer.
Note: You can also set up email accounts directly on iPhone. See “Adding Mail,
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Purchases you make on iPhone in the iTunes Store or the App Store are synced back
to your iTunes library. You can also purchase or download content and apps from the
iTunes Store on your computer, and then sync them to iPhone.
You can set iPhone to sync with only a portion of what’s on your computer. For
example, you might want to sync only a group of contacts from your address book, or
only unwatched video podcasts.
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
57
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Important: You should be logged in to your own user account on your computer
before connecting iPhone.
Set up iTunes syncing:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer, and open iTunes.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3  # ## ## #<
See the following section for descriptions of the panes.
4 Click Apply in the lower-right corner of the screen.
By default, “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected” is selected.
iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes
The following sections provide an overview of each of the iPhone settings panes. For
more information, open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help.
Note: Buttons for additional panes may appear in iTunes, depending on the types of
content in your iTunes library.
Summary Pane
Select “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected” to have iTunes open and sync
iPhone automatically whenever you connect it to your computer. Deselect this option
if you want to sync only by clicking the Sync button in iTunes. For more information,
see “Automatic iTunes Syncing” on page 61.
Select “Sync only checked songs and videos” if you want iTunes to skip unchecked
items in your iTunes library when syncing.
 {&  #  '#}  ## #  
# '#‹&¡†<
58
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Select “Convert higher bit rate songs to 128 kbps AAC” if you want iTunes to convert
   ##   #  "  # <
 {ƒ  "  "#  '#} $ "  # ƒ# 
and Video settings panes. See “Manually Managing Content” on page 61.
Select “Encrypt iPhone backup” if you want to encrypt the information stored on your
computer when iTunes makes a backup. Encrypted backups are indicated by a lock
icon, and a password is required to restore the information to iPhone. See “Backing Up
iPhone” on page 253.
  ' # * ## * ##0  #‹&‰   †<
See Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 235.
Info Pane
? #  # ##    #%  #%" 
accounts, and web browser.
 Contacts
Sync contacts with applications such as Mac OS X Address Book, Yahoo! Address
Book, and Google Contacts on a Mac, or with Yahoo! Address Book, Google Contacts,
Windows Address Book (Outlook Express), Windows Contacts (Vista and Windows 7),
or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync contacts
with multiple applications. On a PC, you can sync contacts with one application at a
time.)
?#  ¢* ##€%     
new login information when you change your Yahoo! ID or password after you’ve
set up syncing.
 Calendars
Sync calendars from applications such as iCal on a Mac, or from Microsoft Outlook
2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC. (On a Mac, you can sync calendars with multiple
applications. On a PC, you can sync calendars with only one application at a time.)
 Mail Accounts
Sync email account settings from Mail on a Mac, and from Microsoft Outlook 2003,
2007, or 2010 or Outlook Express on a PC. Account settings are transferred only from
your computer to iPhone. Changes you make to an email account on iPhone don’t
$    " <
Note: The password for your Yahoo! email account isn’t saved on your computer,
so it can’t be synced and must be entered on iPhone. In Settings, choose “Mail,
Contacts, Calendars,” tap your Yahoo! account, and enter the password.
 Web Browser
You can sync bookmarks on iPhone with Safari on a Mac, or with Safari or Microsoft
Internet Explorer on a PC.
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
59
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Notes
Sync notes in the Notes app on iPhone with notes in Mail on a Mac or with
Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC.
 Advanced
These options let you replace the information on iPhone with the information on
your computer during the next sync.
Apps Pane
Use the Apps Pane to sync App Store apps, arrange apps on the iPhone Home screen,
or copy documents between iPhone and your computer.
Select “Automatically sync new apps” to sync new apps to iPhone that you
downloaded or synced from another device. If you delete an app on iPhone, you can
reinstall it from the Apps pane as long as it was previously synced.
    "#& # # # % 
copy those documents to your computer. You can also copy documents from your
" &% #" # # # <{File
Sharing” on page 62.
Ringtones Pane
Use the Ringtones pane to select the ringtones you want to sync to iPhone.
Music, Movies, TV Shows, Podcasts, iTunes U, and Books Panes
Use these panes to specify the media you want to sync. You can sync all music, movies,
TV shows, podcasts, iTunes U collections, books and audiobooks, or select the content
you want.
If you create a playlist folder (collection of playlists) in iTunes, the folder and its playlists
will be synced to iPhone. You can’t create playlist folders directly on iPhone.
If you listen to part of a podcast or audiobook, your place in the story is included if you
sync the content with iTunes. If you started listening to the story on iPhone, you can
  $# #  " [ ' ' # <
If you want to watch a rented movie from your computer on iPhone, sync it to iPhone
using the Movies pane in iTunes.
Only songs and videos encoded in formats that iPhone supports are synced to iPhone.
For information about which formats iPhone supports, go to www.apple.com/iphone/
specs.html.
Important: If you delete an item from iTunes, it will also be deleted from iPhone the
next time you sync.
60
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Photos Pane
On a Mac, you can sync photos with Aperture or iPhoto 4.0.3 or later, and videos with
iPhoto 6.0.6 or later. On a PC, you can sync photos with Adobe Photoshop Elements
8.0 or later. You can also sync photos and videos from any Mac or PC folder that
contains images.
Automatic iTunes Syncing
By default, iPhone syncs whenever you connect it to iTunes. You can prevent iPhone
from syncing when you connect iPhone to a computer other than the one you usually
sync with.
52./?!54/-!4)#39.#).'&/2)(/.% 
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
3 Deselect “Open iTunes when this iPhone is connected.”
 "  # # $% ## 0   0<
Prevent automatic syncing for all iPods, iPhones, and iPads:
1 In iTunes, choose iTunes > Preferences (on a Mac) or Edit > Preferences (on a PC).
2 Click Devices, then select “Prevent iPods, iPhones, and iPads from syncing
automatically.”
If this checkbox is selected, iPhone won’t sync, even if “Open iTunes when this iPhone
is connected” is selected in the Summary pane.
Prevent automatic syncing one time, without changing settings: Open iTunes,
connect iPhone to your computer, then press and hold Command-Option (on a Mac)
or Shift-Control (on a PC) until you see iPhone appear in the sidebar.
Sync manually: In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar, then click Sync in the bottomright corner of the window. Or, if you’ve changed any sync settings, click Apply.
Manually Managing Content
The manually managing feature lets you choose just the music, videos, and podcasts
you want to have on iPhone.
Set up iPhone for manually managing content:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the sidebar.
3 Click Summary at the top of the screen and select “Manually manage music and
videos.”
4 Click Apply.
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
61
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Add items to iPhone: Drag a song, video, podcast, or playlist in your iTunes library to
iPhone (in the sidebar). Shift-click or Command-click (Mac) or Control-click (Windows)
to select multiple items to add at the same time.
iTunes syncs the content immediately. If you deselect “Manually manage music and
videos,” the content you added manually is removed from iPhone the next time iTunes
syncs content.
Remove items from iPhone: With iPhone connected to your computer, select iPhone
in the iTunes sidebar, and click its disclosure triangle to show contents. Select a
content area, such as Music or Movies, then select the items you want to delete and
press the Delete key on the keyboard.
Removing an item from iPhone doesn’t delete it from your iTunes library.
Note: Genius does not work if you manually manage content. See “Using Genius on
iPhone” on page 102.
Transferring Purchased Content to Another Computer
You can transfer content on iPhone that was purchased using iTunes on one
computer to an iTunes library on another authorized computer. The computer must be
authorized to play content purchased using your Apple ID.
Authorize a computer: Open iTunes on the computer and choose Store > Authorize
Computer.
Transfer purchased content: Connect iPhone to the other computer. In iTunes, choose
File > Transfer Purchases from iPhone.
File Sharing
] # # #0&   " < # 
#    " 0  # ' #  " <
*# # #   ] *## #<] 
each app, the Files list shows the documents that are on iPhone. See the app’s
 "  # ##ž  ## #  <
2!.3&%2!=,%&2/-)(/.%4/9/52#/-054%2
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen.
3 In the File Sharing section, select an app from the list on the left.
4 8 %#   # %  { '}  # 
destination on your computer.
62
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2!.3&%2!=,%&2/-9/52#/-054%24/)(/.%
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Apps at the top of the screen.
3 In the File Sharing section, click Add.
4   %  #‹ƒ † 8‹&†<
# #  '   0#   # #
 <  # "  %#    <
%,%4%!=,%&2/-)(/.%  ]##% <
Chapter 4 Syncing and File Sharing
63
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Phone
Phone Calls
Making a call on iPhone is as simple as tapping a name and number in your contacts,
tapping one of your favorites, or tapping a recent call to return it.
Making Calls
Buttons at the bottom of the Phone screen give you quick access to your favorites,
recent calls, your contacts, and a numeric keypad for dialing manually.
WARNING: For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
4-"%1/&4.(%!1$
5/)#%-!),-%22!'%2
4-"%1/&-)22%$#!,,2
Use Contacts to call someone
Tap Contacts, choose a contact, then tap a phone
number.
Call a favorite
Tap Favorites, then choose a contact.
Return a recent call
Tap Recents, then tap a name or number in the
list. If the call was a FaceTime video call (indicated
), tap the item to make a new
by
video call.
Dial a number
64
 % "0 %  <
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you copy a phone number to the clipboard, you can paste it to the numeric keypad
and dial it.
Paste a number to the keypad: Tap the screen above the keyboard, then tap Paste.
If the phone number you copied included letters, iPhone converts them to the
appropriate digits.
Redial the last number you dialed:
the number.
 %  <     
Voice Dialing
You can use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) to call someone in your contacts or
  #  "0 <
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control to make a phone call: Press and hold the Home button until the
Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described
below to make a call.
You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to use Voice
Control.
Call someone in contacts
Say “call” or “dial” then say the name of the person.
If the person has more than one number, specify
which one you want to call.
Examples:
 Call John Appleseed
 Call John Appleseed at home
 Call John Appleseed, mobile
Dial a number
Say “call” or “dial,” then say the number.
For best results, speak the full name of the person you’re calling. If you speak only the
 # "  '"      "%& ## 
those contacts you want to call. If there’s more than one number for the person you’re
calling, say which number to use. Otherwise, iPhone asks you.
When voice dialing a number, speak each digit separately—for example, say “four one
'%'''%<}
Note: For the “800” area code in the U.S., you can say “eight hundred.”
Prevent voice dialing when iPhone is locked: In Settings, choose General > Passcode
   ‚  $< &#'  <
Chapter 5 Phone
65
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Receiving Calls
When you receive a call, tap Answer. If iPhone is locked, drag the slider. You can also
press the center button on your iPhone earphones to answer a call.
%.3%1"433/.
Silence a call: & ##8;8$; 0  '"0< 
still answer the call after silencing it, until it goes to voicemail.
Decline a call: Do one of the following to send a call directly to voicemail.
 & ##8;8$; 0 Š <
.&&,%%0
!+%"433/.
 Press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones for about two seconds.
0#  "   # <
 Tap Decline (if iPhone is awake when a call comes in).
Block calls and maintain Wi-Fi access to the Internet: In Settings, turn on Airplane
Mode, then tap Wi-Fi to turn it on.
While On a Call
When you’re on a call, the screen shows call options.
The call options may vary, depending on which iPhone you’re using.
66
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Mute your line
Tap Mute. You can still hear the caller, but the
caller can’t hear you.
Use the numeric keypad to enter information
 <
Use the speakerphone or a Bluetooth device
Tap Speaker. The Button is labeled Audio Source
when a Bluetooth device is available, which
lets you select the Bluetooth device, iPhone, or
Speaker Phone.
See contact information
Tap Contacts.
Put a call on hold
iPhone 4: Touch and hold Mute.
iPhone 3G or iPhone 3GS: Tap Hold.
Neither party can hear the other. When a call is
on hold, tap Hold again to return to the call.
Make another call
Tap Add Call.
You can use other apps during a call—to check your schedule in Calendar, for example.
Use another app during a call: Press the Home button, then tap an app icon. To
return to the call, tap the green bar at the top of the screen.
Note: Unless you have a 3G connection on a GSM model, you cannot use the Internet
over a cellular data network when you’re on a call. You must have a Wi-Fi connection
to use Internet apps while also talking on the phone.
End a call: Tap End Call. Or press the center button on your iPhone earphones.
Second Calls
During a call, you can make or receive another call. If you receive a second call, iPhone
beeps and shows the caller’s information and a list of options.
Note: Making and receiving a second call may be an optional service in some
countries or regions. Contact your carrier for more information.
Respond to a second incoming call:
 To ignore the call and send it to voicemail, tap Ignore.


$   tap Hold Call + Answer.
$   tap End Call + Answer (GSM models) or
tap End Call and drag the slider when the second call rings back (CDMA model).
If you’re on a FaceTime video call, you can either end the video call and answer the
incoming call, or decline the incoming call.
Make a second call:
* <  # #<
Switch between calls: Tap Swap. The active call is put on hold.
Chapter 5 Phone
67
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
On a CDMA model, you can’t switch between calls if the second call was outgoing,
but you can merge the calls to create a conference. If you end the second call, or the
conference, both calls are terminated.
Create a conference call: Tap Merge Calls. See “Conference Calls” on page 68 below.
On a CDMA model, you can’t merge calls if the second call was incoming.
Conference Calls
You can talk to more than one person at a time, and merge a second call (on a CDMA
"† ' #‹ƒ"#†% 
 <
Note: Conference calling may be an optional service in some countries or regions.
Contact your carrier for information.
Create a conference call:
1 Make a call.
2
*  "    <  # #<
3 Tap Merge Calls. The calls are merged on one line and everyone can hear each other.
4  ##   ' #‹ƒ"#†<
Drop one call
(GSM models only.) Tap Conference and tap
next to a call. Then tap End Call.
Talk privately with a call
(GSM models only.) Tap Conference, then tap
Private next to a call. Tap Merge Calls to resume
the conference.
Add an incoming call
(GSM models only.) Tap Hold Call + Answer, then
tap Merge Calls.
If your service includes conference calling, iPhone always has a second line available in
addition to the conference call.
Note: You can’t make a FaceTime video call when you’re on a conference call.
FaceTime
FaceTime video calls let you see as well as hear the person you’re talking to. Both the
caller and recipient must have an iPhone 4 or an iPod touch (4th generation), and a
Wi-Fi connection. No setup is needed for FaceTime on iPhone 4. By default, FaceTime
uses the front camera so the person you’re calling can see your face. Switch to the
main camera to share what you see around you.
Note: FaceTime may not be available in all countries or regions.
How you make a FaceTime video call depends on whether you’re calling another
iPhone 4 or an iPod touch (4th generation).
Make a FaceTime call:
68
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
To an iPhone 4: Call the person’s phone number, then tap FaceTime.
Or, in Contacts, tap FaceTime.
To an iPod touch (4th generation): In Contacts, tap FaceTime.
The contact information must include the email address that the person you’re calling
uses to sign in to FaceTime.
appears on the FaceTime button in Contacts if you’ve previously had a FaceTime
call with that person.
!+%!
!#%)-%
5)$%/#!,,
The person you’re calling must accept the video call by tapping Accept.
Make a FaceTime call using Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the
Voice Control screen appears and you hear a beep. Then say “FaceTime,” followed by
the name of the person to call.
If you had a previous FaceTime video call with someone, you can make another video
call to that person by tapping the entry for that call in Recents. Previous FaceTime
video calls are indicated by
Chapter 5 Phone
69
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When the voice call is established, you see the image from the other person’s iPhone.
A picture-in-picture window shows the image from your iPhone that the other person
sees. You can drag the window to any corner. You can use FaceTime in portrait or
landscape orientation.
Video calls use the top microphone on iPhone.
If you move away from your Wi-Fi network, or it otherwise becomes unavailable, you’ll
get an option to redial the number for a voice call.
Note: When you make a FaceTime video call, your phone number is displayed even if
   ?#0   $<
Mute a FaceTime video call
Tap at the bottom of the screen. You can still
hear and see the caller. The caller can see, but not
hear you.
Switch between the front and main cameras
Tap
Use another app during a FaceTime video call
Press the Home button, then tap an app icon.
You can still talk, but won’t see each other. To
return to the video call, tap the green bar at the
top of the screen.
End a FaceTime video call
Tap
at the bottom of the screen.
at the bottom of the screen.
0 ]  "' #%  $]  "#<
52.!#%)-%/./2/? In Settings, choose Phone and tap the FaceTime switch.
FaceTime is on by default.
You can also disable FaceTime in Restrictions. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
70
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using a Bluetooth Device for Calls
You can make and receive calls using a Bluetooth device paired with iPhone. See
“Pairing a Bluetooth Device with iPhone” on page 51.
For information about using a Bluetooth device to make and receive calls, see the
documentation that came with the device.
Listen to calls through iPhone when a Bluetooth device is connected: Do one of the
following:
 Answer a call by tapping the iPhone screen.
 During a call, tap Audio on iPhone. Choose iPhone to hear calls through iPhone or
Speaker Phone to use the speakerphone.

 $€<?#% # ’€  # 
8$<

 $€' % "' <"#0 0‰£
feet of a Bluetooth device for it to be connected to iPhone.
Emergency Calls
If iPhone is locked with a passcode, you may still be able to make an emergency call.
Make an emergency call when iPhone is locked: On the Enter Passcode screen, tap
Emergency Call, then dial the number using the numeric keypad.
In the U.S., location information (if available) is provided to emergency service
providers when you dial 911.
On a CDMA model, when an emergency call ends, iPhone enters “Emergency call
mode,” to allow a call back from emergency services. While in this mode, data
transmission and text messages are blocked. To exit emergency call mode, tap the
0 0% ##8;8$; 0 !" button, or use the
keypad to dial a non-emergency call. Emergency call mode also ends automatically
after a few minutes, as determined by your carrier.
Important: You should not rely on wireless devices for essential communications,
such as medical emergencies. Use of any cellular phone to call emergency services
may not work in all locations. Emergency numbers and services vary by country or
region. Only emergency numbers valid in the country or region where you’re making
the call will work, and sometimes an emergency call cannot be placed due to network
unavailability or environmental interference. Some cellular networks may not accept
an emergency call from iPhone if it doesn’t have a SIM card or if the SIM card is locked
(GSM models), or if you haven’t activated your iPhone. If you’re on a FaceTime video
call, you must end that call before you can call an emergency number.
Chapter 5 Phone
71
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Visual Voicemail
On iPhone, visual voicemail lets you see a list of your messages and choose which ones
to listen to or delete, without having to listen to instructions or prior messages.
Note: Visual voicemail may not be available in all countries or regions, or may be an
optional service. Contact your carrier for more information. If visual voicemail isn’t
available, tap Voicemail and follow the voice prompts to retrieve your messages.
-&*(&"++%%+'-'!*
.("&"%&++ +))*+(',!
(&+*'!('"('
Setting Up Voicemail
 #" ‚ " %& "#   ' "  ## 
and record your voicemail greeting.
Change your greeting:
1 Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Custom.
2 Tap Record when you’re ready to start.
3 #% <  '% & <
To rerecord, repeat steps 2 and 3.
4 Tap Save.
Use your carrier’s default greeting
Tap Voicemail, tap Greeting, then tap Default.
Set an alert sound for new voicemail
In Settings, choose Sounds and turn New
Voicemail on. The alert sounds once for each new
' " <?;# #$%&
won’t sound alerts.
Change the voicemail password
In Settings, choose Phone > Change Voicemail
Password.
Checking Voicemail
When you tap Phone, iPhone shows the number of missed calls and unheard
voicemail messages.
4-"%1/&4.(%!1$
5/)#%-!),-%22!'%2
4-"%1/&-)22%$#!,,2
72
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Tap Voicemail to see a list of your messages.
.(%!1$
-%22!'%2
,!8!42%
0%!+%10(/.% 4$)/
6(%.! ,4%3//3($%5)#%
)2#/..%#3%$!03/
#(//2%!4$)//43043
/.3!#3).&/
#14""%1"!1
+)03/!.80/).3).
!-%22!'% 1!'3(%
0,!8(%!$
%341.3(%#!,,
Listen to a message: Tap the message. (If you’ve already heard the message, tap the
message again to replay it.) Use and to pause and resume playback.
Once you listen to a message, it’s saved until your carrier erases it.
Check voicemail from another phone: Dial your own number or your carrier’s remote
access number.
Deleting Messages
Select a message, then tap Delete.
Listen to a deleted message
Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list),
then tap the message.
Undelete a message
Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list),
then tap the message and tap Undelete.
Delete messages permanently
Tap Deleted Messages (at the end of the list),
then tap Clear All.
Note: In some countries or regions, deleted visual voicemail messages may be
permanently erased by your carrier.
Getting Contact Information
Visual voicemail saves the date and time of the call, the length of the message, and
any available contact information.
See a caller’s contact information: Tap
next to a message.
You can use the information to email or text the caller, or update contact info.
Chapter 5 Phone
73
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Contacts
From a contact’s Info screen, a quick tap lets you make a phone call, create a new email
"## %    ##% " <{Searching Contacts” on
page 220.
Favorites
Favorites gives you quick access to your most-used phone numbers.
Add a contact’s phone number to your favorites list: Tap Contacts and choose a
contact. Then tap “Add to Favorites” and choose the phone number or email address
you want to add. On iPhone 4, choose whether to save the favorite as a voice call or as
a FaceTime call. If you save the contact as a FaceTime call, appears with the name in
the favorites list.
If someone already in your contacts calls you, you can add their name to favorites from
the recents list.
Add a contact to favorites from the recents list: Tap Recents and tap
contact’s name, then tap “Add to Favorites.”
next to the
Call a contact from your favorites
Tap Favorites and choose a contact. If
appears
next to a name, you can tap the name to make a
FaceTime call.
Delete a contact from your favorites
Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then tap
contact or number and tap Remove.
Reorder your favorites list
Tap Favorites and tap Edit. Then drag
contact to a new place in the list.
next to a
next to a
Call Forwarding, Call Waiting, and Caller ID
iPhone supports call forwarding, call waiting, and caller ID.
Call Forwarding
You can set iPhone to forward incoming calls to another number. For example, you
may be on vacation and want all calls to go somewhere else. If you’re going to an area
with no cellular coverage, you may want to forward calls to a place where you can be
reached.
Note: FaceTime calls are not forwarded.
On GSM models, use the Call Forwarding setting to forward incoming calls to another
number.
Forward incoming calls (GSM models):
1 In Settings, choose Phone > Call Forwarding, then turn on Call Forwarding.
74
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2 On the “Forward to” screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to.
When Call Forwarding is on, the call forwarding ( ) icon appears in the status bar at
the top of the screen (GSM models only). You must be in range of the cellular network
when you set iPhone to forward calls, or calls won’t be forwarded.
8 ƒ*"%     $0 #   #<
Turn on call forwarding (CDMA model): On the Phone keypad, enter *72, then tap
Call.
52./?#!,,&/27!2$).'  -/$%, On the Phone keypad, enter *73, then tap
Call.
Call Waiting
Call waiting lets you know that you’re receiving another call when you’re already on
the phone. You can choose to ignore the incoming call, put the current call on hold
and answer the incoming call, or end the current call and answer the incoming call.
  #$% " #  ' " 6 <
8ƒ"#%#  #    $<
52.#!,,7!)4).'/./2/?-/$%,3 In Settings, choose Phone > Call Waiting,
    $<
On a CDMA model, call waiting is on by default. You can disable call waiting for a call
you’re making by appending a special code to the number with you dial it.
Disable call waiting for a call (CDMA model): Enter *70 at the end of the number
you’re dialing.
To disable call waiting for another call, you must again append *70 to the number
when you dial it.
Caller ID
Caller ID displays your name or phone number to the person you call, if the recepient’s
equipment has that capability and you haven’t blocked caller ID on your phone
service.
Note: When you make a FaceTime call, your phone number is displayed even if your
 ?# $ 0 <
8ƒ"%#ƒ  ?   ? $<
52.#!,,/./2/?-/$%,3 In Settings, choose Phone > Show My Caller ID,
 ƒ  ? $<
On a CDMA model, caller ID is on by default. You can block your ID for a call you’re
making by appending a special code to the number when you dial it.
Chapter 5 Phone
75
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Disable caller ID for a call (CDMA model): Enter *67 at the end of the number you’re
dialing.
Ringtones and the Ring/Silent Switch
iPhone comes with ringtones you can use for incoming calls, Clock alarms, and the
Clock timer. You can also purchase ringtones from songs in iTunes.
Ring/Silent Switch and Vibrate Modes
*# #&" # #    $<
52.4(%2).'%2/./2/? Flip the switch on the side of iPhone.
).'
),%.3
Important: Clock alarms still sound even if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent.
Set iPhone to vibrate: In Settings, choose Sounds. Separate controls let you set vibrate
for both ring mode and silent mode.
For more information, see “Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 196.
Setting Ringtones
You can set the default ringtone for calls, and for Clock alarms and timers. You can also
assign individual ringtones to contacts so you know who’s calling.
Set the default ringtone: In Settings, choose Sounds > Ringtone, then choose a
ringtone.
Assign a ringtone to a contact: From Phone, tap Contacts and choose a contact. Tap
Edit, then tap Ringtone and choose a ringtone.
Purchasing Ringtones
You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See “Purchasing
Ringtones” on page 172.
76
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
International Calls
Making International Calls from Your Home Area
For information about making international calls from your home area, including rates
and other charges that may apply, contact your carrier or go to your carrier’s website.
Using iPhone Abroad
(GSM models only.) You can use iPhone to make calls in many countries around the
world. iPhone 3GS and iPhone 4 are multi-band phones, ensuring broad international
coverage.
Enable international roaming: Contact your carrier for information about availability
and fees.
%4)(/.%4/!$$4(%#/22%#402%=87(%.$)!,).'&2/-!./4(%2#/5.429 In Settings,
tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home
country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites, without having to add a
 _     <?   *### # <<"0 #<
When you make a call using International Assist, “International Assist” appears on the
iPhone screen, alternating with the “calling …” message, until your call is connected.
Note: International Assist may not be available in all areas.
Set the carrier to use: In Settings, tap Carrier, then select the carrier you prefer. This
option is available only when you’re traveling outside your carrier’s network. You can
make calls only on carriers that have roaming agreements with your iPhone service
provider. For more information, see “Carrier” on page 196.
Important: Voice and data roaming charges may apply. To avoid data roaming charges,
    "$<
52.!4!/!-).'/./2/? In Settings, choose General > Network, then tap to turn
   " $<   "# $0 <
    "$# '    "  # '#
your carrier’s network by disabling data transmission over the cellular network. You
can still access the Internet if you have a Wi-Fi connection. If Wi-Fi network access isn’t
available, however, you cannot:
 Make or receive FaceTime video calls
 Send or receive email
 Browse the Internet
 Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks with MobileMe or Exchange
 Stream YouTube videos
 Get stock quotes
 Get map locations
Chapter 5 Phone
77
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Get weather reports
 Purchase music or apps
Other third-party apps that use data roaming may also be disabled.
?   "# $% #"    ' #% # 
receive text messages. Voice roaming charges may apply. Visual voicemail is delivered
if there’s no charge; if your carrier charges for delivery of visual voicemail when
 "%    "$ '#' '# ' " <
To enable email, web browsing, and other data services, turn Data Roaming on.
Important: If Data Roaming is turned on, you may incur charges when roaming
outside your carrier’s network for the use of any of the features listed above, as well as
for delivery of visual voicemail. Check with your carrier for information about roaming
charges.
  # $     '     # <
52./? %,,5,!2!4! In Settings, choose General > Network, then tap the Cellular
  #  $<
Get voicemail when visual voicemail isn’t available: Dial your own number, or touch
and hold “1” on the numeric keypad.
 #*  ƒ $  # ' #  K]
access to the Internet, while preventing voice roaming charges.
3%!)20,!.%-/$%4/452./?#%,,5,!23%26)#%3 In Settings, tap Airplane Mode to turn
it on, then tap Wi-Fi and turn Wi-Fi on. See “Airplane Mode” on page 193.
Incoming phone calls are sent to voicemail. To make and receive calls again and get
 ' " "## #%    "$<
78
Chapter 5 Phone
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Mail
Mail works with MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, and many of the most popular email
systems—including Yahoo!, Google, and AOL—as well as other industry-standard
POP3 and IMAP email systems. You can send and receive photos, videos, and graphics,
and view PDFs and other attachments. You can also print messages, and attachments
that open in Quick Look.
Setting Up Email Accounts
You can set up email accounts on iPhone in either of the following ways:
 Set up an account directly on iPhone. See “Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar
Accounts” on page 25.
 In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync email accounts settings from your
computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
Checking and Reading Email
The Mail icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages in your
inboxes. You may have other unread messages in other mailboxes.
-&*(-'*
&"%+"'1(-*"'(0+
79
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
In Mail, the Mailboxes screen gives you quick access to all your inboxes and other
mailboxes. Tap an inbox for an account to see its messages. To see incoming messages
for all your accounts, tap All Inboxes. If you have only one mail account set up and
turned on, then you’ll see only one inbox on the Mailboxes screen.
.#/-).'
-%22!'%2&/1!,,
!##/4.32
4-"%1/&4.1%!$
-%22!'%2
When you open a mailbox, Mail retrieves and displays the most recent messages, and
shows the number of unread messages at the top of the screen. Unread messages
have a blue dot next to them. The number of messages retrieved is determined by
your Mail settings. See “Mail” on page 210.
If you organize messages by thread, related messages appear as a single entry in the
mailbox. Message threads have a number next to the right arrow, showing the number
of messages in the thread. A blue dot indicates that one or more messages in the
thread are unread. The message displayed is the oldest unread message, or the most
recent message if all the messages are read.
4-"%1/&
-%22!'%2).
3(1%!$
.1%!$-%22!'%2
See messages in a thread: Tap the thread in the mailbox.
Read a message: Tap a message. Within a message, tap
previous message.
or
to see the next or
52.;2'!.):% 9(2%!$</./2/? In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,”
 #  8  X€    $<{Mail” on page 210.
80
Chapter 6 Mail
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you have more than one account set up and turned on, the Accounts section of the
Mailboxes screen provides access to your accounts. Tap an account to see its folders
and mailboxes, including its inbox. If you have only one account set up and turned on,
the folders and mailboxes for the account appear on the Mailboxes screen.
!03/2%%!,,8/41
%-!),!##/4.32
4-"%1/&4.1%!$
-%22!'%2
Check for new messages: Choose a mailbox, or tap
at any time.
Load additional messages: Scroll to the bottom of the list of messages and tap Load
More Messages.
Zoom in on part of a message
Double-tap an area of the message. Double-tap
again to zoom out. Or pinch apart or together to
zoom in or out.
%3):%!.9#/,5-./&4%844/=44(%3#2%%.
Double-tap the text.
See all the recipients of a message
Tap Details.
Tap a name or email address to see the recipient’s
contact information. Then tap a phone number,
email address, or text message to contact the
person. Tap Hide to hide the recipients.
Add an email recipient to your contacts list
Tap the message and, if necessary, tap Details
to see the recipients. Then tap a name or email
address and tap Create New Contact or “Add to
Existing Contact.”
Mark a message as unread
Open the message and tap “Mark as Unread.”
appears next to the message in the
A blue dot
mailbox list until you open it again.
Open a meeting invitation: Tap the invitation.
You can get contact information for the organizer and other invitees, set an alert, add
notes to the event, and add comments that are included in your response emailed
to the organizer. You can accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation. See
“Responding to Meeting Invitations” on page 118.
Chapter 6 Mail
81
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52.53(/./2/? In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data,
 &# $<{Fetch New Data” on page 209.
Using Links and Detected Data
iPhone detects web links, phone numbers, email addresses, and other types of
information that you can use to open a webpage, make a phone call, create a
preaddressed email message, create or add information to a contact, or perform some
other useful action. Detected data appears as blue underlined text. Tap the data to use
its default action, or touch and hold it to see other actions.
82
Link or image
Tap to open the webpage in Safari.
Touch and hold to:
 Open the webpage in Safari
 Copy the link
Phone number
Tap the number, then tap Call to dial the number.
Touch and hold to:
 Dial the number
 Send a text message
 Create a new contact with the number
 Add the number to an existing contact
Address
Tap to display the location in Maps.
Touch and hold to:
 Display the location in Maps
 Create a new contact with the address
 Add the address to an existing contact
 Copy the address
Email address
Tap to create a new preaddressed email message.
Touch and hold to:
 Create a new email message
 Create a new contact with the address
 Add the address to an existing contact
 Copy the address
Day, date, or time
Tap the item, then tap Create Event to create an
event in Calendar.
Tracking number (may not be available in all
countries or regions)
Tap to open the shipper’s webpage for the status
of a package.
Chapter 6 Mail
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Viewing Attachments
iPhone displays image attachments in many commonly used formats (JPEG, GIF, and
TIFF) inline with the text in email messages. iPhone can play many types of audio
 "#%#  #ƒ&‰%**%*‚% *?]]<   '#
‹#  #&]%0 %_%& #%%"0 #% ƒ # %‡_ % 
PowerPoint documents) that are attached to messages you receive.
)%7!.!44!#(%$=,% Tap the attachment to open it in Quick Look.
"    " #0  (if it appears at the end
of the message in a dotted box with the document name).
),,!&',
,((/'%(
You can view attachments in portrait or landscape orientation.
? "    #6# 0&% # "
0 6<&# # "#—
.doc
Microsoft Word
.docx
Microsoft Word (XML)
.htm
webpage
.html
webpage
.key

.numbers
Numbers
.pages
Pages
.pdf
Preview, Adobe Acrobat
.ppt
Microsoft PowerPoint
.pptx
Microsoft PowerPoint (XML)
.rtf
Rich Text Format
Chapter 6 Mail
83
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
.txt
text
.vcf
contact information
.xls
Microsoft Excel
.xlsx
Microsoft Excel (XML)
0%.!.!44!#(%$=,%7)4(!./4(%2!00 Touch and hold the attachment, then
choose an app. If no apps are available, you can choose to open the attachment in
Quick Look.
Save an attached photo to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo, then tap Save
?" <? #60 %    #<
Save an attached video to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the attachment,
then tap Save Video. If the video hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the download
  #<
Printing Messages and Attachments
You can print email messages, and attachments that can be viewed in Quick Look.
Print an email message: Tap , then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer,
then set printer options such as number of copies and double-sided output (if the
printer supports it). Then tap Print.
To print an inline image without the rest of the email message, save the image (tap the
image and tap Save Image), then open Photos or Camera and print the image from
your Camera Roll album.
Print an attachment: Tap the attachment to view it in Quick Look, then tap
and tap
Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as the range of
pages, number of copies, and double-sided output (if the printer supports it). Then tap
Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 45.
Sending Email
You can send an email message to anyone who has an email address.
Compose and send a message:
1 Tap .
2   " "   ## %  
contacts.
to add a name from your
As you type an email address, matching email addresses from your contacts list appear
below. Tap an address to add it. To add more names, tap Return or .
84
Chapter 6 Mail
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Note: If you’re composing a message from your Microsoft Exchange account and
have access to your enterprise Global Address List (GAL), matching addresses from the
 #&   #%0"  *  ###<
3 Tap Cc/Bcc/From if you want to copy or blind copy the message to others, or change
the account you send the message from. If you have more than one email account,
  '"   ##  ƒ0ƒ %  ] "
change the account or alias you’re sending from.
4 Enter a subject, then your message.
   "' "  <
5 Tap Send.
Send a photo or video (iPhone 3GS or later) in
an email message
In Photos, choose a photo or video, tap , then
tap Email Photo or Email Video. You can also copy
and paste photos and videos.
To send multiple photos or videos at the same
when viewing thumbnails in an
time, tap
album, then tap to select the photos and videos,
tap Share, and tap Email.
Paste and send a photo or video in an email
message
In Photos, touch and hold a photo or video until
the Copy command appears. Tap Copy. Go to
Mail and create a new message. Tap to place
the insertion point where you want the video,
then tap the insertion point to display the edit
commands and tap Paste.
To copy multiple videos, in Photos, open an
album, tap , tap to select photos and videos,
then tap Copy.
Save a draft of a message to complete later
Tap Cancel, then tap Save. The message is saved
in the Drafts mailbox.
Open the most recently saved draft
to open the most recently
Touch and hold
saved draft from the last account you were
working in.
Chapter 6 Mail
85
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Reply to a message
Tap . Tap Reply to reply only to the sender
or tap Reply All to reply to the sender and all
recipients. Type your return message, then tap
Send.
Files or images attached to the initial message
aren’t sent back.
Forward a message
Open a message and tap , then tap Forward.
Add one or more email addresses, type your
message, then tap Send.
When you forward a message, you can include
# " #    
message.
Share contact information
In Contacts, choose a contact, tap Share Contact
at the bottom of the Info screen, then tap Email.
Organizing Email
You can organize messages in any mailbox, folder, or search results window. You
can delete messages one at a time, or select a group to delete all at once. You can
also move messages from one mailbox or folder to another in the same account or
0$  #<
Delete a message: Open the message and tap .
You can also delete a message directly from the mailbox message list by swiping left
or right over the message title, then tapping Delete.
/2(/63(%
%,%3%"433/.
26)0%,%&3/1
1)'(3/5%1
3(%-%22!'%
Note: For Google accounts, tap Archive. Messages aren’t deleted, but are moved to
your account archive.
86
Chapter 6 Mail
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Delete multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the
messages you want to delete, then tap Delete.
Move a message to another mailbox or folder: When viewing a message, tap
choose a mailbox or folder.
, then
Tap Accounts to choose a mailbox or folder for another account.
Move multiple messages: When viewing a list of messages, tap Edit, select the
messages you want to move, then tap Move and choose a mailbox or folder.
Searching Email
 #  %] "% 01 #" "## #<ƒ # #
downloaded messages in the currently open mailbox. For MobileMe, Exchange, and
some IMAP mail accounts, you can also search messages on the server.
Search email messages: Open a mailbox, scroll to the top, and enter text in the Search
< ] "% %01 % * # # # < # 
Š #  #% # #0 <
Search results for the messages already downloaded to iPhone appear automatically
as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of the results.
Search messages on the server: Tap “Continue Search on Server” at the end of the
search results.
Note: Search results of messages on servers may vary depending on the type of
account. Some servers may search only whole words.
Chapter 6 Mail
87
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Mail messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 47.
88
Chapter 6 Mail
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Safari
Safari lets you surf the web and view webpages on iPhone as if you were on your
computer. Create bookmarks on iPhone and sync them with your computer. Add
web clips to quickly access your favorite sites directly from the Home screen. Print
webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look.
Viewing Webpages
You can view webpages in either portrait or landscape orientation. Rotate iPhone and
0   #% "   1# <
Opening Webpages
Open a webpage:   ##‹#0 †%
0  ##  <?  ###6'#0% # #0  
# Š #   ## 0 <
As you type, web addresses that start with those letters appear. These are bookmarked
 #    #6'<    ##  <
if you want to enter a web address that’s not in the list.
2!3%4(%4%84).4(%!$$2%33=%,$    ##%  .
89
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Zooming and Scrolling
Zoom in or out: Double-tap a column on a webpage to expand the column. Doubletap again to zoom out.
You can also pinch to zoom in or out manually.
Scroll around a webpage
Drag up, down, or sideways. When scrolling,
you can touch and drag anywhere on the page
without activating any links.
Scroll within a frame on a webpage
# ##   " 
0 <# #  
webpage.
Scroll quickly to the top of a webpage
Tap the status bar at the top of the iPhone screen.
Navigating Webpages
Links on webpages typically take you to another place on the web.
Follow a link on a webpage: Tap the link.
You can also use web links to make a phone call, display a location in Maps, play
streaming audio, or create a preaddressed Mail message. To return to Safari after a link
opens another app, press the Home button and tap Safari.
90
See a link’s destination address
Touch and hold the link. The address pops up
_  <    
image to see if it has a link.
Stop a webpage from loading
Tap
Reload a webpage
Tap
Return to the previous or next page
Tap
or
Chapter 7 Safari
at the bottom of the screen.
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Return to a recently viewed page
Tap
and tap History. To clear the history list,
tap Clear.
Create a preaddressed Mail message
Touch and hold an email web link, then tap New
Message.
Create a new or add to an existing contact
Touch and hold a web link containing contact
information, then tap Create New Contact or Add
to Existing Contact.
Send a webpage URL via email
Tap
Save an image or photo to your Camera Roll
album
Touch and hold the image, then tap Save Image.
and tap “Mail Link to this Page.”
Opening Multiple Pages
You can have up to eight pages open at a time. Some links automatically open a new
page instead of replacing the current one.
The number inside the at the bottom of the screen shows how many pages are
open. If there’s no number inside, just one page is open. For example:
= one page is open
= three pages are open
Open a new page: Tap
Go to another page: Tap
Close a page: Tap
and tap New Page.
 Π  <   '<
and tap
Entering Text and Filling Out Forms
"0 # '_#  "#< #   ""0 
 "#  ## #0##'# _# "  
information from Contacts. See “Safari” on page 214.
Chapter 7 Safari
91
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Bring up the keyboard
# _<
/6%4/!./4(%24%84=%,$
  _%  _ & '#
button.
Submit a form
8 #  "%  
Search. Most pages also have a link you can tap
to submit the form.
Close the keyboard without submitting the
form
Tap Done.
.!",% 54/),,4/(%,09/5=,,/547%"&/2-3 In Settings, choose Safari > AutoFill,
then do one of the following:
 To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and
select the contact you want to use.
  ## "  " #  #0 "#<
 To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on.
When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you
'#  "  # "  '#0#<
 To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.
Searching
##   #  ## # 00 
current webpage. As you type, suggested and recent searches appear.
Search the web:
1 # ‹ #0 †<
2 Type a word or phrase that describes what you’re looking for, then tap a suggestion
from the list or tap Search.
3 Tap a link in the list of search results to open a webpage.
Find the search word or phrase on the current webpage: Scroll to the bottom of the
###%  08 #&  #   
#    #< #0#Š   #% _<
By default, Safari searches using Google. You can use other search engines.
%4!&!2)4/3%!2#(53).'!$)?%2%.43%!2#(%.').% In Settings, choose Safari >
 ‡% # $ # <
Printing Webpages, PDFs, and Other Documents
You can print webpages, PDFs, and other documents that open in Quick Look from
Safari.
92
Chapter 7 Safari
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Print a webpage, PDF, or Quick Look document: Tap , then tap Print. Tap Select
Printer to select a printer, then set printer options such as number of copies and
double-sided output (if the printer supports it). If you’re printing a PDF or other Quick
Look document, you may be able to set the range of pages you want to print. Then tap
Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 45.
Bookmarks
You can bookmark webpages you want to return to later.
Bookmark a webpage: Open the page and tap
. Then tap Add Bookmark.
When you save a bookmark you can edit its title. By default, bookmarks are saved at
the top level of Bookmarks. Tap Bookmarks to choose another folder.
If you use Safari on a Mac, or Safari or Microsoft Internet Explorer on a PC, you can sync
bookmarks with the web browser on your computer.
Sync bookmarks with your computer:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 Click Info at the top of the screen, select “Sync … bookmarks” under Other, then click
Apply.
See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
Sync bookmarks with MobileMe: In Settings on iPhone, select Bookmarks in your
MobileMe account. See “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25.
Open a bookmarked webpage: Tap
see the bookmarks inside.
, then choose a bookmark or tap a folder to
Edit a bookmark or bookmark folder: Tap , choose the folder that has the
bookmark or folder you want to edit, then tap Edit. Then do one of the following:
 To make a new folder, tap New Folder.
 To delete a bookmark or folder, tap
, then tap Delete.
 To reposition a bookmark or folder, drag

   &tap the bookmark or folder.
#% <
Chapter 7 Safari
93
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Web Clips
Add web clips to the Home screen for fast access to your favorite webpages. Web clips
appear as icons on the Home screen, and you can arrange your web clips along with
the other icons. See “Customizing the Home Screen” on page 33.
Add a web clip: Open the webpage and tap
. Then tap “Add to Home Screen.”
When you open a web clip, Safari automatically zooms and scrolls to the area of the
webpage that was displayed when you saved the web clip. The displayed area is also
used to create the icon for the web clip on your Home screen, unless the webpage
comes with its own custom icon.
When you add a web clip, you can edit its name. If the name is too long (more than
about 10 characters), it may appear abbreviated on the Home screen.
Web clips aren’t bookmarks, and aren’t synced by MobileMe or iTunes.
Delete a web clip:
1 Touch and hold any icon on the Home screen until the icons start to jiggle.
2 Tap
in the corner of the web clip you want to delete.
3 Tap Delete, then press the Home
94
Chapter 7 Safari
button to save your arrangement.
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iPod
Use the iPod app to enjoy your favorite music, widescreen videos, and more. Browse
your content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, or other categories, or
browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Play your music on AirPlay speakers or
sound systems, or watch your videos on a TV using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Getting Music, Videos, and More
There are two ways to get music, videos, and other content onto iPhone:
 Transfer music, videos, and more onto iPhone by syncing content from iTunes on
  " < #   " %  # #  ##%
videos, podcasts, and iTunes U collections. See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 56.
 Use the iTunes Store on iPhone to purchase and download songs, albums, TV shows,
movies, music videos, ringtones, and audiobooks directly to iPhone. You can also
stream and download audio and video podcasts, as well as iTunes U content. After
listening to a podcast or watching a TV show, you can tap a built-in link to get more
episodes from the iTunes Store. See Chapter 22, “iTunes Store,” on page 169.
Music and Other Audio
The high-resolution Multi-Touch display makes listening to songs on iPhone as much
a visual experience as a musical one. You can scroll through your playlists, or use Cover
Flow to browse your album artwork.
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
95
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Playing Songs and Other Audio
You can browse content on iPhone by playlists, artists, songs, videos, and other
categories, or browse your album artwork using Cover Flow. Playlist folders, which you
can sync from iTunes, let you organize playlists into groups.
Browse your collection: Tap Playlists, Artists, or Songs. Tap More to browse Albums,
Audiobooks, Compilations, Composers, Genres, iTunes U, Podcasts, or Videos.
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use
more frequently. See “Changing the Browse Buttons” on page 108.
Get more podcast episodes: & ##‹ ƒ  #%& ###6'#0†%
tap a podcast to see a list of episodes. Tap “Get More Episodes…” to see a list of more
episodes in the iTunes Store.
Browse Genius Mixes: #‹ ƒ  #%##6'#0†<?#
doesn’t appear, you need to turn on Genius in iTunes, and then sync iPhone with
iTunes. See “Using Genius on iPhone” on page 102.
Play a song: Tap the song.
(!+%4/3(5A%  & #Ÿ   ##<  "
change to another song.
   Ÿ $#’&‹6#0 †<
“Music” on page 216.
Controlling Audio Playback
When you play a song, the Now Playing screen appears.
$
*$"+,
%1-+
0, +,(*/*
"*%1
*."(-+
/"'
96
Chapter 8 iPod
(%-&
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Pause a song
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones.
Resume playback
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones.
Raise or lower the volume
Drag the volume slider or use the buttons on
the side of iPhone. You can also use the volume
buttons on the iPhone earphones (iPhone 3GS
or later).
and choose a sound system. If
doesn’t
Play music on an AirPlay sound system or Apple Tap
appear or if you don’t see the AirPlay system
TV
you’re looking for, make sure iPhone is on the
same wireless network.
and choose iPhone from the list.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone
Tap
Restart a song or a chapter in an audiobook or
podcast
Tap
Skip to the next song or chapter in an
audiobook or podcast
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones twice quickly.
Go to the previous song or chapter in an
audiobook or podcast
twice, or press the center button on the
Tap
iPhone earphones three times quickly.
Rewind or fast-forward
or . The longer you hold
Touch and hold
the control, the faster the song rewinds or fastforwards. On the iPhone earphones, press the
center button twice quickly and hold to fast
forward, or three times quickly and hold to
rewind.
Return to the iPod browse lists
, or swipe to the right over the album
Tap
artwork.
Return to the Now Playing screen
Tap Now Playing.
Display a song’s lyrics
Tap the album artwork when playing a song.
(Lyrics appear if you’ve added them to the song
using the song’s Info window in iTunes.)
Display audio playback controls from another app or from the Lock screen
(iPhone 3GS or later): Double-click the Home 0%Π " 
along the bottom of the screen.
The controls operate the currently playing app, or the most recent app that played, if
the audio is paused. The icon for the active app appears on the right. You can tap the
icon to open the app.
Chapter 8 iPod
97
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If iPhone is locked and music is playing, double-click the Home button.
Note: On iPhone 3G, if you’re listening to music while using another app, or if iPhone is
locked, you can display the playback controls by double-clicking the Home button.
See “Home Button” on page 200.
Additional Audio Controls
To display additional controls, tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen.
  %#% #Ÿ  #   # 00 0 < 
see elapsed time, remaining time, and the song number. The song’s lyrics also appear, if
you’ve added them to the song in iTunes.
Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
 "K#0#   #   
along the scrubber bar.
%0%!3
%.)42
,!8(%!$
98
(4&&,%
#14""%1"!1
Set iPhone to repeat songs
Tap . Tap
again to set iPhone to repeat only
the current song.
= iPhone is set to repeat all songs in the
current album or list.
= iPhone is set to repeat the current song
over and over.
= iPhone isn’t set to repeat songs.
Skip to any point in a song
Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide
   1## 0 < 
scrub rate becomes slower the farther down you
#  <
Make a Genius playlist
Tap . The Genius playlist appears, with buttons
that let you create a new Genius playlist, refresh
the current one, or save the playlist. See “Using
Genius on iPhone” on page 102.
%4)(/.%4/3(5A%3/.'3
again to set iPhone to play songs
Tap . Tap
in order.
§&###Ÿ##<
= iPhone is set to play songs in order.
Chapter 8 iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
(5A%4(%42!#+3).!.90,!9,)34!,"5-/2/4(%2 Ÿ #<] _ "%
list of songs
#Ÿ ##&% ##’
Ÿ<
  &###Ÿ% 
Ÿ  ###%& #
the songs from that list in random order.
Hide lyrics
In Settings, choose iPod, then turn Lyrics &
& #?$<
Podcast and Audiobook Controls
Additional controls and information appear on the Now Playing screen when you
begin playback.
The email, 30-second repeat, and playback speed controls appear along with the
scrubber bar. You can see elapsed time, remaining time, and the episode or chapter
number.
Use the scrubber bar to skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the scrub
 "K#0#   #   
along the scrubber bar.
-!),
2%#/.$1%0%!3
,!8"!#+
20%%$
#14""%1"!1 ,!8(%!$
Send an email link to this podcast
Tap
Skip to any point
Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide
   1## 0 < 
scrub rate becomes slower the farther down you
#  <
Play back the last 30 seconds
Tap
Set the playback speed
Tap
Show or hide the controls
Tap in the center of the screen.
Hide podcast information
In Settings, choose iPod, then turn Lyrics &
& #?$<
Chapter 8 iPod
. Tap again to change the speed.
= Play at double speed.
= Play at half speed.
= Play at normal speed.
99
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using Voice Control with iPod
You can use Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) to control music playback on iPhone.
Note: Voice Control may not be available in all languages.
Use Voice Control: Press and hold the Home button until the Voice Control screen
appears and you hear a beep. Then use the commands described below to play songs.
You can also press and hold the center button on the iPhone earphones to bring up
Voice Control.
Control music playback
Say “play” or “play music.” To pause, say “pause”
or “pause music.” You can also say “next song” or
“previous song.”
Play an album, artist, or playlist
Say “play,” then say “album,” “artist,” or “playlist”
and the name.
(5A%4(%#522%.40,!9,)34
 {#Ÿ<}
Find out more about the currently playing song Say “what’s playing,” “what song is this,” “who
sings this song,” or “who is this song by.”
Use Genius to play similar songs
Say “Genius,” “play more like this,” or “play more
songs like this.”
Cancel Voice Control
Say “cancel” or “stop.”
Browsing Album Artwork in Cover Flow
When you’re browsing music, you can rotate iPhone sideways to see your iTunes
content in Cover Flow and browse your music by album artwork.
100
Chapter 8 iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Browse album artwork
Drag left or right.
See the tracks on an album
Tap the album artwork or
Play any track
Tap the track. Drag up or down to scroll through
the tracks.
Return to the artwork
Tap the title bar. Or tap
Play or pause the current song
Tap or . You can also press the center button
on the iPhone earphones.
again.
Viewing All Tracks on an Album
See all the tracks on the album that contains the current song: On the Now Playing
screen, tap . Tap a track to play it. Tap the album artwork thumbnail to return to the
Now Playing screen.
!3).'"!1
!#+3//6
,!8).'
2#1%%.
,"4-31!#+2
In track list view, you can assign ratings to songs. You can use ratings to create smart
playlists in iTunes that dynamically update to include, for example, your highest rated
songs.
Rate a song:    
Chapter 8 iPod
## 0 '#X '# #<
101
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching Audio Content
You can search the titles, artists, albums, and composers of songs, podcasts, and other
content you’ve synced to iPhone.
Search music: ‡ _#   ##% #% ##%
or other view of your iPod content. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the top of a
#  ' # <†
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of
the results.
Audio content is included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 47.
Using Genius on iPhone
####  #0     <*# ## 
collection of songs that are picked for you to go with a song you choose from your
library. A Genius Mix is a selection of songs of the same kind of music. Genius Mixes
are recreated each time you listen to them, so they’re always new and fresh.
You can create Genius playlists in iTunes and sync them to iPhone. You can also create
and save Genius playlists directly on iPhone.
#ƒ_#    "   0 #< #  #$ 
mixes depending on the variety of music you have in your iTunes library. For example,
you may have Genius Mixes that highlight R&B songs, or Alternative Rock songs.
##&% # # #%# & #<
Genius Mixes are synced automatically, unless you manually manage your music and
choose which mixes you want to sync in iTunes. Genius is a free service, but it requires
an Apple ID.
When you sync a Genius Mix, iTunes may select and sync songs from your library that
 '6#   ## <
102
Chapter 8 iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Browse Genius Mixes: #‹ ƒ  #%##6'#0†< "0 
of dots at the bottom of the screen shows the number of mixes you’ve synced from
iTunes, and indicates which mix you’re viewing. Flick left or right to access your other
mixes.
Play a Genius Mix: Tap the mix or tap .
Make a Genius playlist on iPhone:
1 & ##‹ ƒ  #%& ###6'#0†% #& #<
2 Tap a song in the list. Genius creates a playlist with additional songs that go great with
that song.
You can also make a Genius playlist of songs that go great with the song you’re
playing. Tap the album artwork on the Now Playing screen to display additional
controls, then tap .
Save a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Save. The playlist is saved in Playlists with
the title of the song you picked.
You can make and save as many Genius playlists as you want. If you save a Genius
playlist created on iPhone, it syncs back to iTunes the next time you connect.
Refresh a Genius playlist: In the playlist, tap Refresh.
 #  #  #  #$ ##   #
you picked. You can refresh any Genius playlist, whether it was created in iTunes and
synced to iPhone, or created directly on iPhone.
!+%!%.)530,!9,)3453).'!$)?%2%.43/.' Tap Genius Playlist, then tap New and
pick a song.
Delete a saved Genius playlist: Tap the Genius playlist, then tap Delete.
Once a Genius playlist is synced back to iTunes, you won’t be able to delete it directly
from iPhone. You can use iTunes to edit the playlist name, stop syncing, or delete the
playlist.
Chapter 8 iPod
103
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Creating Playlists
You can create and edit your own playlists on iPhone. You can also edit playlists synced
from iTunes on your computer.
Create a playlist:
1 & ##‹ ƒ  #%& ###6'#0†% {*& #¨}
2 Type a name for your playlist, then tap Save.
3 Browse for songs using the buttons at the bottom of the screen. Tap any song or video
to add it to the playlist. Tap Add All Songs at the top of any list of songs to add all the
songs in the list.
4 #% <
When you make a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is
synced to your iTunes library.
1
Edit a playlist:
& ##‹ ƒ  #%& ###6'#0†%  # 
edit.
2 Tap Edit, then do one of the following:
 To move a song higher or lower in the list, drag
next to the song.
 To delete a song from the playlist, tap
next to a song, then tap Delete. Deleting a
song from a playlist doesn’t delete it from iPhone.
 To add more songs, tap
3 #% <
When you edit a playlist and then sync iPhone to your computer, the playlist is synced
to your iTunes library.
Delete a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to delete, then tap Delete (scroll
# ' 0†< "0 & #<
Clear a playlist: In Playlists, tap the playlist you want to clear, then tap Clear (scroll to
# '  0†< "0  & #<
Videos
With iPhone, you can view video content such as movies, music videos, and video
podcasts. If a video contains chapters, you can skip to the next or previous chapter,
or bring up a list and start playing at any chapter that you choose. If a video provides
alternate language features, you can choose an audio language or display subtitles.
Playing Videos
Play a video:
104
Chapter 8 iPod
‚#‹ ƒ  #%‚##6'#0†% '<
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Display playback controls: Tap the screen to show the controls. Tap again to hide
them.
Get more podcast or TV show episodes: ‚#‹ ƒ  #%‚##6
visible), then tap a podcast or TV show to see a list of episodes. Tap “Get More
Episodes…” to see a list of more episodes in the iTunes Store.
Controlling Video Playback
Videos play in landscape orientation to take full advantage of the widescreen display.
The scrubber bar lets you skip to any point along the timeline. You can adjust the
# 0 0#   #    # 00 
bar.
*-**
%1!
%
%1-+
"*%1
+,*,/"'
(%-&
0, +,
(*/*
Pause a video
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones (iPhone 3GS).
Resume playback
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones (iPhone 3GS).
Raise or lower the volume
Drag the volume slider. You can also use the
volume buttons on the iPhone earphones
(iPhone 3GS or later).
Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay
and choose an Apple TV. If
doesn’t
Tap
appear or if you don’t see the Apple TV you’re
looking for, make sure iPhone is on the same
wireless network.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone
Tap
Skip to the next chapter (if available)
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones (iPhone 3GS or later) twice quickly.
Go to the previous chapter (if available)
Tap , or press the center button on the iPhone
earphones (iPhone 3GS or later) three times
quickly.
4!240,!9).'!4!30%#)=##(!04%2)&!6!),!",%
Tap
Chapter 8 iPod
and choose iPhone from the list.
, then choose a chapter from the list.
105
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Rewind or fast-forward
Touch and hold
or
Skip to any point in a video
Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar. Slide
   1## 0 < 
scrub rate becomes slower the farther down you
#  <
4/07!4#().'!6)$%/"%&/2%)4=.)3(%30,!9).' Tap Done. Or press the Home
#!,%!6)$%/4/=,,4(%3#2%%./2=44/4(%
screen
" '# < 
Tap
" # <  #0K 
'# 0 
screen.
#  '# %
sides or top may be cropped from view. When
# # %" #0 
bars on the sides or above and below the video.
Select an alternate audio language (if available) Tap
list.
Show or hide subtitles (if available)
button.
, then choose a language from the Audio
Tap % #   % 8$% "
Subtitles list.
Searching for Videos
You can search the titles of movies, TV shows, and video podcasts you’ve synced to
iPhone.
Search for a video: ‡ _#
 #'#<
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of
the results.
Video content is included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 47.
Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows
You can rent movies from the iTunes Store and watch them on iPhone. You can
download rented movies and TV shows directly to iPhone, or transfer movies from
iTunes on your computer to iPhone. (Rented movies and TV shows may not be
available in all countries or regions.)
See “Purchasing or Renting Videos” on page 174.
A movie or TV show must be completely downloaded before you can start watching it.
You can pause a download and resume it later.
106
Chapter 8 iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Rented movies and TV shows expire after a certain time, and once you start a movie or
‚# ' " ""#  < " " 
appears near the title. Rented items are automatically deleted when they expire. Before
renting a movie or TV show, check the iTunes Store for the rental period.
View a rented movie or TV show: 8&% #&’‚#‹ ƒ  #%
Videos isn’t visible), then select the movie or TV show.
On iPhone 3G and iPhone 3GS, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and
your computer. On iPhone 4, you can transfer rented movies between iPhone and
your computer only if they were rented in iTunes on your computer. Movies rented on
iPhone 4 cannot be transferred to your computer.
Transfer a rented movie between iPhone and your computer:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Movies.
3 Click Move next to the item you want to transfer, then click Apply.
Your computer must be connected to the Internet.
Watching Videos on a TV
You can watch videos on your TV by connecting iPhone to your TV or AV receiver with
an AV cable. Or, you can stream videos wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple
TV.
Connect using an AV cable: Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite
AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables
with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV. The Apple Universal Dock
includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance.
Stream videos using AirPlay: Start video playback, then tap
and choose your
Apple TV from the list. If
doesn’t appear or if you don’t see your Apple TV in the list
of AirPlay devices, make sure it’s on the same wireless network as iPhone. To return
playback to iPhone, tap
again and choose iPhone from the list.
Apple cables and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/
ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local
Apple retailer.
Converting Videos for iPhone
You can add videos other than those purchased from the iTunes Store to iPhone, such
as videos you create in iMovie on a Mac, or videos you download from the Internet
and then add to iTunes.
If you try to add a video from iTunes to iPhone and a message says the video can’t play
on iPhone, you can convert the video.
Chapter 8 iPod
107
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Convert a video to work with iPhone: Select the video in your iTunes library and
choose Advanced > “Create iPod or iPhone Version.” Then add the converted video to
iPhone.
Deleting Videos from iPhone
You can delete videos from iPhone to save space.
Delete a video: In the videos list, swipe left or right over the video, then tap Delete.
Deleting a video from iPhone (other than a rented movie or TV show) doesn’t delete
the video from your iTunes library. It may reappear on iPhone if the video in iTunes is
still set to sync.
Important: If you delete a rented movie or TV show from iPhone, it’s deleted
permanently and cannot be transferred back to your computer.
Setting a Sleep Timer
You can set iPhone to stop playing music or videos after a period of time.
Set a sleep timer: ] "!"#  # ’ " %Œ #
number of hours and minutes. Tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod, tap Set,
then tap Start to start the timer.
When the timer ends, iPhone stops playing music or video, closes any other open app,
and then locks itself.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you
use more frequently. For example, if you often listen to podcasts, you can replace the
Songs button with Podcasts.
108
Chapter 8 iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the
bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
#< ƒ   " ##0#  <
Chapter 8 iPod
109
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Messages
Sending and Receiving Messages
WARNING: For important information about driving safely, see the Important Product
Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Messages lets you exchange text messages with anyone using an SMS-capable phone.
Messages also supports MMS, so you can send photos, video clips (iPhone 3GS or
later), contact information, and voice memos to other MMS-capable devices. You can
enter multiple addressees and send a message to several people at the same time.
Note: SMS or MMS support may not be available in all countries or regions. Additional
fees may apply for use of Messages. Contact your carrier for more information.
The Messages icon on the Home screen shows the number of unread messages you
have.
-&*(
-'*&++ +
You can use Messages whenever you’re in range of the cellular network. If you can
make a call, you can send a message. Depending on your phone plan, you may be
charged for the messages you send or receive.
Send a message: Tap , then enter a phone number or name, or tap
and choose a
  "   ##< _ 0'0 % "## %
and tap Send.
Messages longer than 160 characters sent from a CDMA model may be split into
""## #  '## $ 
 <{  
   $%}0<
110
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If the message can’t be sent (if you’re out of cellular network range, for example), an
alert badge appears on the Messages icon on the Home screen. If Messages is in a
folder, the alert badge appears on the folder.
%*, 
Important: Messages containing Emoji or other non-ASCII characters sent from a
CDMA model are not delivered to phones on a GMS network, and no alert appears.
Your conversations are saved in the Messages list. Conversations that contain unread
messages have a blue dot next to them. Tap a conversation in the list to see that
conversation or add to it.
%73-%22!'%2
8/42%.3
%73-%22!'%2
&1/-3(%/3(%1
0%12/.
iPhone displays the 50 most recent messages in the conversation. To see earlier
messages, scroll to the top and tap Load Earlier Messages.
Send a message to a group of people: Tap , then add recipients. If you enter a
phone number manually (instead of selecting it from Contacts), tap Return before
entering another entry.
The Group Messaging setting must be turned on (in Settings > Messages).
Replies from any of the recipients are sent only to you, not to the other people you
texted.
Reply or send a message to a person (or group) you’ve texted before: Tap an entry
in the Messages list, then type a new message in the conversation and tap Send.
Send a message to a favorite or to a recent call:
1 Tap Phone on the Home screen, then tap Favorites or Recents.
2 Tap
next to a name or number, then tap Text Message.
Chapter 9 Messages
111
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
3 If multiple phone numbers appear, tap the one you want to text.
When MMS is available, Messages allows you to include a subject in your text
"## #<  #   $ƒ## ###<?# 0
default.
.#,5$%/22%-/6%4(%35"*%#4=%,$ In Settings, tap Messages, then tap Show Subject
Field.
Note: #01  01 ]#6  ƒƒ#6
supported by your carrier.
52.#(!2!#4%2#/5.4).'/./2/? In Settings, tap Messages, then tap the Character
Count switch. The character count includes all characters—including spaces,
punctuation, and returns—and appears as you type when your message exceeds two
lines. You may want to count characters, for example, when carrier fees apply.
Note:  
  #   _#01  
attach a photo or video.
52.-%33!').'/./2/? In Settings, tap Messages, then tap MMS Messaging.
"   ƒƒƒ## $% _ "% '#   '
attachments when fees apply.
Note: The MMS Messaging setting doesn’t appear if MMS isn’t supported by your
carrier.
Searching Messages
You can search the content of message threads from the Messages list (iPhone 3GS or
later).
Search the Messages list: # # #
 #   _6  <
%
Messages are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 47.
Sharing Photos and Videos
You can take a photo or make a video (iPhone 3GS or later) from within Messages and
include it in your conversation with another MMS-capable device. You can save photos
or videos you receive in Messages to your Camera Roll album.
If MMS isn’t supported by your carrier,
videos.
doesn’t appear and you can’t send photos or
Send a photo or video: Tap and tap “Take Photo or Video” (iPhone 3GS or later; on
earlier models, tap “Take Photo”), or “Choose Existing” and select an item from a photo
album and tap Choose.
112
Chapter 9 Messages
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone
may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 129.
Save a photo or video attachment to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo or
video in the conversation, tap , then tap Save Image or Save Video.
Copy a photo or video: Touch and hold the attachment, then tap Copy. You can paste
the photo or video to an Mail message or another MMS message.
Sending Voice Memos
You can send voice memos in a message to another MMS-capable device.
Send a voice memo: In Voice Memos, tap , tap the voice memo you want to send,
then tap Share and tap MMS. Address the message and tap Send.
Editing Conversations
If you want to keep a conversation but not the entire thread, you can delete the parts
you don’t want. You can also delete entire conversations from the Messages list.
Edit a conversation: Tap Edit. Tap the circles along the left side to select the parts of
 ' #  % <6 #% <
,%!2!,,4%84!.$=,%37)4(/54$%,%4).'4(%#/.6%23!4)/. Tap Edit, then tap Clear All.
 ' #   "<
Forward a conversation: Select a conversation, then tap Edit. Tap the circles on the
left side of the screen to select the parts of the conversation you want to include, then
tap Forward, enter one or more recipients, and tap Send.
Delete a conversation: Tap Edit, then tap
next to the conversation and tap Delete.
You can also swipe left or right over the conversation and tap Delete.
/2(/63(%
%,%3%"433/.
26)0%,%&3/11)'(3
/5%13(%-%22!'%
Using Contact Information and Links
Call, FaceTime, or email someone you’ve texted: Tap a message in the Text Messages
list and scroll to the top of the conversation. (Tap the status bar to scroll quickly to the
top of the screen.)
 To call the person, tap Call.
Chapter 9 Messages
113
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 To call the person using FaceTime, tap FaceTime.
 To email the person, tap Contact Info, then tap an email address.
Follow a link in a message: Tap the link.
A link may open a webpage in Safari, make a phone call in Phone, open a
preaddressed message in Mail, or display a location in Maps. To return to your text
messages, press the Home button and tap Messages.
Add someone you’ve texted to your contacts list: Tap a phone number in the
Messages list, then tap “Add to Contacts.”
Send contact information: In Contacts, tap the person whose information you want
to share. Tap Share Contact at the bottom of the screen, then tap MMS. Address the
message and tap Send.
Save contact information received: Tap the contact bubble in the conversation and
tap Create New Contact or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Managing Previews and Alerts
By default, iPhone displays a preview of new messages when iPhone is locked or when
 #   <  # ' $#<  #
enable alerts for text messages.
52.02%6)%73/./2/? In Settings, choose Messages and tap Show Preview.
Repeat previews: In Settings, choose Messages and tap Repeat Alert. If you don’t
# # ' "## % '0#  
more.
Set whether an alert sounds when you get a text message or preview: In Settings,
choose Sounds, then tap New Text Message. Tap the alert sound you want, or None if
you don’t want an audible alert.
Important: ?;# #$%_  #6#<
114
Chapter 9 Messages
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Calendar
10
About Calendar
Calendar gives you ready access to your calendars and events. You can view individual
calendars, or several calendars at once. You can view your events by day, by month,
or in a list. You can search the titles, invitees, locations, and notes of events. If you’ve
entered birthdays for your contacts, you can view those birthdays in Calendar.
You can sync iPhone with the calendars on your computer, and with services such as
MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Yahoo!, and Google. You can also make, edit, or cancel
appointments on iPhone and have them sync back to your computer or calendar
account. If you have a MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, Google, Yahoo!, or CalDAV
account, your calendars can sync over the air without connecting iPhone to your
computer. MobileMe Shared Calendars that you’ve joined from your computer also
sync with iPhone.
 #0# 0  K  ‹< #†  # " < ## "" <
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with Calendars enabled, or a supported
CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from others, and
invite people to events you’ve scheduled.
Syncing Calendars
You can sync Calendar in either of the following ways:
 In iTunes, use the iPhone Info pane to sync with iCal or Microsoft Entourage on a
Mac, or Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC, when you connect iPhone to
your computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
115
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 In Settings on iPhone, turn on Calendars in your MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange,
Google, or Yahoo! accounts to sync your calendar information over the air, or set
up a CalDAV account if your company or organization supports it. See “Adding Mail,
Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Viewing Your Calendars
You can view a single calendar, selected calendars, or all calendars at once.
Select calendars to view: Tap Calendars, then tap to select the calendars you want
to view. To quickly select or deselect all calendars, tap Show All Calendars or Hide All
Calendars. To view your contacts’ birthdays, tap Birthdays at the bottom of the screen.
Tap Done to view the selected calendars.
The events for all selected calendars appear in a single calendar on iPhone. You can
view your calendar events in a list, by day, or by month.
Switch views: Tap List, Day, or Month.
 List view: All your appointments and events appear in a scrollable list.
 Day view: Scroll up or down to see the events in a day. Tap
or
to see the
previous or next day’s events.
 Month view: Tap a day to see its events. Tap
or
to see the previous or next
month.
'.',
1+/",!(,+
!.+!-%
.',+
.',+(*
+%,1
+)(',(
%'*"'.",,"('
(,(,(1
/",!."/+
See the details of an event: Tap the event.
Set iPhone to adjust event times for a selected time zone:
1 In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars.”
2 Under Calendars, tap Time Zone Support, then turn Time Zone Support on.
3 Tap Time Zone, then search for a major city in the time zone you want.
116
Chapter 10 Calendar
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time
X # < " #$%  # #'#
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time.
Searching Calendars
 # #%'#% #% ##'# 
calendars. Calendar searches only the events for the calendars you’re currently viewing.
Search for events: ?#'% _#
<
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more
results.
Calendar events are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on
page 47.
Adding and Updating Events on iPhone
You can create and update calendar events directly on iPhone.
If you have a Microsoft Exchange account with calendars enabled, or a supported
CalDAV account, you can invite other people to your event or meeting.
Add an event: Tap
and enter event information, then tap Done.
You can enter any of the following:
 Title
 Location
 Starting and ending times (or turn on All-day if it’s an all-day event)
 Repeat times—none, or every day, week, two weeks, month, or year
 Invitees (if supported by your calendar server)
Chapter 10 Calendar
117
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 * "[ "'"# #0 '
When you set an alert, the option to set a second alert appears. When an alert
#$%&# # "## <  ##&  #‹#
“Alerts” on page 120).
Important: Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re
traveling, iPhone may not alert you at the correct local time. To manually set the
correct time, see “Date and Time” on page 204.
 Calendar
You can change the default calendar using the Default Calendar setting. See
“Calendars” on page 211.
 Notes
You can’t assign an event to a read-only calendar.
Events can also be created by tapping a day, date, or time in a Mail message. See
“Using Links and Detected Data” on page 82.
Update an event: Tap Edit and change event information. Tap Done when you’re
#<
Delete an event: Tap the event, tap Edit, then scroll down and tap Delete Event.
Responding to Meeting Invitations
If you have a Microsoft Exchange or MobileMe account with calendars enabled, or a
supported CalDAV account, you can receive and respond to meeting invitations from
people in your organization. When you receive an invitation, the meeting appears in
your calendar with a dotted line around it.
appears in the lower-right corner of the
screen with a badge that shows the total number of new invitations you have. The
number of new invitations also appears on the Calendar icon on the Home screen.
-&*(
&,"' "'.",,"('+
118
Chapter 10 Calendar
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Respond to an invitation in Calendar:
1 Tap a meeting invitation in the calendar, or tap
an invitation.
to display the Event screen and tap
 Tap “Invitation from” to get contact information for the meeting organizer. Tap the
email address to send a message to the organizer. If the organizer is in your contacts
list, you can also tap to call or send a text message.
 Tap Invitees to see the other people invited to the meeting. Tap a name to see an
attendee’s contact information. Tap the email address to send a message to the
attendee. If the attendee is in your contacts list, you can also tap to call or send a
text message.
 Tap Alert to set iPhone to sound an alert before the meeting.
 Tap Add Comments to add comments in the email response to the meeting
organizer. You comments will also appear in your Info screen for the meeting.
Notes are made by the meeting organizer.
2 Tap Accept, Maybe, or Decline.
When you accept, tentatively accept, or decline the invitation, a response email that
includes any comments you added is sent to the organizer.
If you accept or tentatively accept the meeting, you can change your response later.
Tap Add Comments if you want to change your comments.
Meeting invitations are also sent in an email message, which lets you open the
meeting’s Info screen from Mail.
Open a meeting invitation in an email message: Tap the invitation.
Chapter 10 Calendar
119
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Subscribing to Calendars
You can subscribe to calendars that use the iCalendar (.ics) format. Many calendarbased services support calendar subscriptions, including Yahoo!, Google, and the Mac
OS X iCal application.
Subscribed calendars are read-only. You can read events from subscribed calendars on
iPhone, but you can’t edit them or create new events.
Subscribe to a calendar:
1 In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Add Account.
2 Choose Other, then choose Add Subscribed Calendar.
3 Enter the server information, then tap Next to verify the subscription.
4 Tap Save.
You can also subscribe to an iCal (or other .ics) calendar published on the web by
tapping a link to the calendar you receive in an email or text message on iPhone.
Importing Calendar Files from Mail
  '#   0"     " " "## <
 "  #  < #  <
-0/24%6%.43&2/-!#!,%.$!2=,% In Mail, open the message and tap the calendar
<#'#  #% **% #    
the events to, and tap Done.
Alerts
Set calendar alerts: In Settings, choose Sounds, then turn Calendar Alerts on. If
  * ##$ '# 0  %&# # "## 0
makes no sound.
Important: ?;# #$%    #6#<
Sound alerts for invitations: In Settings, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendar.” Under
Calendars, tap New Invitation Alert to turn it on.
120
Chapter 10 Calendar
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Photos
11
About Photos
iPhone lets you carry photos and videos with you, so you can share them with your
family, friends, and associates. View your photos on iPhone or use AirPlay to view them
on a TV with Apple TV. You can sync photos and videos from your computer, view
photos and videos taken with iPhone, use photos as wallpaper, and assign photos
to identify contacts when they call. You can also send photos and videos in email
messages, send photos and videos in MMS messages, upload photos and videos to
MobileMe galleries, and print photos.
Note: Video features are available on iPhone 3GS or later. MMS is available if supported
by your carrier.
Syncing Photos and Videos with Your Computer
iTunes can sync your photos and videos with the following applications:
 Mac: iPhoto 4.0.3 or later (syncing videos requires iPhoto 6.0.6 or later), or Aperture
(photos only)
 PC: Adobe Photoshop Elements 8.0 or later (photos only)
You can also sync photos and videos from any folder on your computer that contains
images. See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 56.
iPhone supports H.264 and MPEG-4 video formats, with AAC audio. If you are having
trouble syncing a video to iPhone, you might be able to use iTunes to create an iPhone
version of the video.
Create an iPhone version of a video:
1 Copy the video to your iTunes library.
2 In iTunes, select Movies in the Library list and select the video you want to sync.
121
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
3 Choose Advanced > Create iPod or iPhone Version.
For more information, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1211.
Viewing Photos and Videos
Photos and videos you take with iPhone, sync from your computer, or save from an
email or MMS message can be viewed in Photos. If you sync photos with iPhoto 8.0
(part of iLife ‘09) or later, you can view your photos and videos by the events and faces
6'<  ## #  # '# 
taken if they’re tagged with location data.
View photos and videos:
1 In Photos, tap a photo album. Tap the buttons at the bottom of the screen to view
your photos and videos by albums, events, faces, or places if available.
Photos are sorted by creation date. If you tap Places, a map shows each location that
you’ve tagged photos from. Tap a pin, then tap
to see your photos and videos from
that location.
2 Tap a thumbnail to see the photo or video in full screen.
Show or hide the controls: Tap the full-screen photo or video to show the controls.
Tap again to hide the controls.
Play a video: Tap
in the center of the screen.
To replay a video, tap
to show the controls.
122
Chapter 11 Photos
at the bottom of the screen. If you don’t see , tap the screen
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
View a photo or video in landscape orientation: Rotate iPhone sideways. The photo
 '  # "   %6##  " %_ #
screen.
Zoom in on part of a photo: Double-tap where you want to zoom in. Double-tap
again to zoom out. You can also pinch to zoom in or out.
)%76)$%/).&5,,3#2%%./2=46)$%/4/3#2%%. Double tap the screen to scale the
'# <0K   '# <
Pan around a photo: Drag the photo.
See the next or previous photo or video: Flick left or right. Or tap the screen to show
the controls, then tap or .
Chapter 11 Photos
123
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Deleting Photos and Videos
You can delete photos and videos from Camera Roll on iPhone.
Delete photos and videos:
1 Tap
in the upper-right corner of the screen.
2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to delete.
The Delete button indicates the number of items you select.
3 Tap Delete.
Slideshows
You can view a photo album as a slideshow, complete with background music.
View a photo album as a slideshow: Tap an album, then tap .
Videos play automatically when they appear during the slideshow.
Stop a slideshow: Tap the screen.
Set slideshow settings: In Settings, choose Photos and set the following options:
 To set the length of time each slide is shown, tap Play Each Slide For and choose a time.

 & tap Transition and choose a
transition type.
 To set whether slideshows repeat,    $<
 To set whether photos and videos are shown in random order,  Ÿ $<
Play music during a slideshow: In iPod, play a song, then choose Photos on the Home
screen and start a slideshow.
Viewing Photos, Videos, and Slideshows on a TV
You can view photos, videos, and slideshows on your TV by connecting iPhone to
your TV or AV receiver with an AV cable. Or, you can stream photos and slideshows
wirelessly to your TV using AirPlay and Apple TV.
Connect using an AV cable: Use the Apple Component AV Cable, Apple Composite
AV Cable, or other authorized iPhone-compatible cable. You can also use these cables
with the Apple Universal Dock to connect iPhone to your TV or AV receiver. The Apple
Universal Dock includes a remote that lets you control playback from a distance.
Stream content using AirPlay: View a photo or slideshow, then tap
and choose
your Apple TV from the list. If
doesn’t appear or if you don’t see your Apple TV in
the list of AirPlay devices, make sure it’s on the same wireless network as iPhone. To
return playback to iPhone, tap
again and choose iPhone from the list.
124
Chapter 11 Photos
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Apple cables and docks are available for purchase separately. Go to www.apple.com/
ipodstore (may not be available in all countries or regions) or check with your local
Apple retailer.
Sharing Photos and Videos
You can send photos and videos in email and MMS messages, add photos and videos
to MobileMe galleries, and publish videos to YouTube. You can also copy and paste
photos and videos, save photos and videos from email messages to Photos, and save
images from webpages to Photos.
Sending a Photo or Video in an Email or MMS Message
Send a photo or video (iPhone 3GS or later) in an email message:
1 Choose a photo or video and tap . If you don’t see , tap the screen to show the
controls.
2 Tap Email Photo/Video.
The photo or video appears in a new mail message window.
3 Compose your message, then tap Send.
4 If sending a photo, you may be asked if you want to reduce the message size by
scaling the image. Tap the size you want to use.
Send multiple photos or videos at the same time: When viewing thumbnails in an
album, tap , then tap to select the photos or videos you want to send, tap Share,
and tap Email.
Send a photo or video via MMS: Choose a photo or video and tap
, then tap MMS.
The size limit of attachments is determined by your carrier. If necessary, iPhone
may compress the photo or video. To learn about taking photos and videos, see
Chapter 12, “Camera,” on page 129.
Copying and Pasting Photos and Videos
You can copy a photo or video from Photos and paste it in an email or MMS message.
Some third-party apps may also support copying and pasting photos and videos.
Copy a photo or video: !  # 0  #%
then tap Copy.
Copy multiple photos or videos:
1 Tap
in the upper-right corner of the screen.
2 Tap to select the photos and videos you want to copy.
The Copy button indicates the number of items you select.
3 Tap Copy.
Chapter 11 Photos
125
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Paste a photo or video: Tap to place the insertion point where you want to place the
photo or video, then tap the insertion point and tap Paste.
Adding a Photo or Video to a MobileMe Gallery
If you have a MobileMe account, you can add photos and videos directly from iPhone
to a gallery you’ve created. You can also add photos and videos to someone else’s
MobileMe gallery if that person has enabled email contributions.
Before you can add photos or videos to a gallery in your MobileMe account, you must:
 Set up your MobileMe account on iPhone
 Publish a MobileMe gallery, and allow adding photos via email or iPhone
For more information about creating a gallery and adding photos and videos to it, see
MobileMe Help.
Add a photo or video to your gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap , then tap
“Send to MobileMe.” Enter a title and description, if you like, then select the album to
add the photo or video to and tap Publish.
If you don’t see
, tap the screen to show the controls.
iPhone tells you when the photo or video has been published, and gives you options
to view it on MobileMe or email a link to a friend.
Add a photo or video to someone else’s gallery: Choose a photo or video and tap
then tap “Email Photo/Video.” Enter the album’s email address, then click Send.
Publishing Videos to YouTube
If you have a YouTube account, you can publish videos directly from iPhone 3GS or
later to YouTube. Some videos may not be transferable, depending on the length of
the movie or other factors.
Publish a video to YouTube:
1 While viewing a video, tap , then tap “Send to YouTube.”
2 Sign in to your YouTube account.
3 Enter publishing information such as Title, Description, and Tags.
4 Tap Category to choose a category.
5 Tap Publish.
Saving Photos and Videos from Email Messages, MMS Messages, and
Webpages
Save a photo from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the photo,
then tap Save Image. If the photo hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the download
  #<
126
Chapter 11 Photos
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Save a video from an email message to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold
the attachment, then tap Save Video. If the video hasn’t been downloaded yet, tap the
   #<
Save a photo from a webpage to your Camera Roll album: Touch and hold the
photo, then tap Save Image.
Save a photo or video from an MMS message to your Camera Roll album: Tap the
image in the conversation, tap , and tap Save Image or Save Video.
If you don’t see
, tap the screen to show the controls.
You can download the photos and videos in your Camera Roll album to your
computer’s photo application by connecting iPhone to your computer.
Printing Photos
You can use AirPrint to print photos from iPhone.
Print a photo: Tap , then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the
number of copies, then tap Print.
Print multiple photos: While viewing a photo album, tap . Select the photos you
want to print, then tap Print. Tap Select Printer to select a printer, set the number of
copies, then tap Print.
For more information, see “Printing” on page 45.
Assigning a Photo to a Contact
You can assign a photo to a contact. When that person calls, iPhone displays the photo.
Assign a photo to a contact:
1 Choose Camera on the Home screen, then take someone’s picture. Or choose any
photo already on iPhone, and tap .
2 Tap “Assign to Contact” and choose a contact.
3 Position and size the photo until it looks the way you want.
Drag the photo to pan, and pinch to zoom in or out.
4 Tap Set Photo.
You can also assign a photo to a contact in Contacts by tapping Edit and then tapping
“Add Photo.”
Chapter 11 Photos
127
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Wallpaper
You can set a photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen. On iPhone 3GS or later, you can
also set wallpaper for your Home screen. The Lock screen wallpaper also appears when
you’re on a call with someone you don’t have a contact photo for.
Set a photo as wallpaper (iPhone 3GS or later):
1 Choose any photo and tap , then tap Use As Wallpaper.
2 Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you
want.
3 Tap Set, then choose whether you want to use the photo as wallpaper for your Lock
Screen, Home screen, or both.
You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPhone by choosing
Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen. See “Adding Wallpaper” on page 36.
Set a photo as wallpaper (iPhone 3G):
1 Choose any photo and tap , then tap Use As Wallpaper.
2 Drag the photo to position it and pinch to zoom in or out, until it looks the way you
want.
3 Tap Set Wallpaper.
You can also choose from several wallpaper pictures included with iPhone by choosing
Settings > Wallpaper from the Home screen.
128
Chapter 11 Photos
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Camera
12
About Camera
With iPhone, you have a great still camera and video camera (iPhone 3GS or later)
 ' <&ÂĄ # "  "   ## K
'% ‡Œ # # '# "  " %   
camera that lets you make FaceTime video calls and take photos and videos of
yourself.
The main camera is on the back of iPhone. You use the screen to control the camera
and to see the photo or video you’re taking. Tap-to-focus lets you tap anywhere on
#  # #  01     #  "   1#
the exposure. The macro autofocus feature (about 10 cm) and a 5x digital zoom let
you take great close-ups. (The video and tap-to-focus features are available only on
iPhone 3GS or later.)
If location services is turned on, photos and videos (iPhone 3GS or later) are tagged
with location data—including your current geographical coordinates provided by
GPS, Wi-Fi, or cell-tower information. You can use location data with some apps and
photo-sharing websites to track and post where you took the photos. For example, the
Photos app organizes photos by places.
Note: ? # ' ## $ " %" 0 #
turn it on. If you don’t want to include location data with your photos and videos,
you can use Camera without turning on location services. See “Location Services” on
page 200.
129
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Taking Photos and Recording Videos
Taking photos and recording videos with iPhone is as easy as point and tap.
%3
&,!2(-/$%
41.
/./1/&&
6)3#(#!-%1!2
/#42!1%!
//-
(4-".!),/&
,!232(/3
!-%1!)$%/
26)3#(
!03/
3!+%0(/3/
Take a photo: Aim iPhone and tap
Make sure the Camera/Video switch is set to
When you take a photo or start a video recording, iPhone makes a shutter sound. You
can use the volume buttons on the side of the iPhone to control the volume of the
shutter sound. You don’t hear a sound if you set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See
“Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 196.
Note: ?#" #%#$ #  "   ';
switch is set to silent.
On iPhone 4, you can turn on HDR to take HDR (high dynamic range) photos. HDR
blends the best parts of three separate exposures into a single photo. For best results,
iPhone and the subject should be stationary.
52././2/? Tap the HDR button at the top of the screen. The button indicates
 !# $<‹!#$0 <†
Note: !#%Π## $<
With HDR, you can save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version of a
photo in the Camera Roll, or save just the HDR version. By default, both are saved.
Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version
of photos: ?#% #&#%  " & $<?
## $%!' # ## '<
130
Chapter 12 Camera
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo
If you save both versions,
when you view the photos in Camera Roll (if the controls are visible).
Record a video: Slide the Camera/Video switch to , then tap
to start recording.
The record button blinks while Camera is recording. Tap
again to stop recording.
You can also press the center button on the iPhone earphones to start or stop
recording.
A rectangle on the screen shows the area where the camera is focused and setting the
exposure.
Tap the screen to bring up the camera controls.
Change the focus area and set the exposure: Tap anywhere to focus the camera and
adjust the exposure for the selected area.
Zoom in or out: Tap the screen, then drag the slider at the bottom of the screen to
zoom in or out (main camera, in camera mode only).
%4>!3(-/$%  Π#0 K   # %
 8$%*% 8<
Switch between the main and front cameras: Tap
the screen.
in the upper-right corner of
Review a photo or video you’ve just taken: Tap the thumbnail of your last shot, in the
lower-left corner of the screen.
Use the left and right arrows at the bottom of the screen to review other photos and
'# " % 1#Π  <    "  
video mode. If you don’t see the controls, tap the screen to display them.
Delete a photo or video: Tap . If you don’t see , tap the screen to display the
controls.
Take a screenshot: ©  ##   #8;8$;  !"
0# # ""<*Π## ## # #
taken. The screenshot is added to the Camera Roll album.
Viewing and Sharing Photos and Videos
The photos and videos you take with Camera are saved in the Camera Roll album on
iPhone. You can view the Camera Roll album from either Camera or Photos.
View photos and videos in the Camera Roll album: In Camera, tap the thumbnail
image in the lower-left corner of the screen. In Photos, tap the Camera Roll album. Tap
  0% Π  Π# '#<
When viewing a photo or video in the Camera Roll album, tap the screen to display the
controls. If you save both the normal and the HDR versions of a photo,
appears
in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo (when the controls are visible).
Chapter 12 Camera
131
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
For more information about viewing and sharing photos and videos, see:
 “ Viewing Photos and Videos” on page 122
 “Sharing Photos and Videos” on page 125
Trimming Videos
You can trim the frames from the beginning and end of a video that you just recorded,
or any other video in the Camera Roll album. You can replace the original video or save
the trimmed version as a new video clip.
Trim a video:
1 While viewing a video, tap the screen to display the controls.
2 Drag either end of the frame viewer at the top of the video, then tap Trim.
3 Tap Trim Original or “Save as New Clip.”
Important: If you choose Trim Original, the trimmed frames are permanently deleted
from the original video. If you choose “Save as New Clip,” a new trimmed video clip is
# ' "  0"   '# $ <
Uploading Photos and Videos to Your Computer
You can upload the photos and videos you take with Camera to photo applications on
your computer, such as iPhoto on a Mac.
Upload photos and videos to your computer: Connect iPhone to your computer.
 Mac: Select the photos and videos you want and click the Import or Download
button in iPhoto or other supported photo application on your computer.
 PC: Follow the instructions that came with your photo application.
If you delete the photos and videos from iPhone when you upload them to your
computer, they’re removed from the Camera Roll album. You can use the Photos
settings pane in iTunes to sync photos and videos (videos can be synced with Macs
only) to the Photos app on iPhone. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
132
Chapter 12 Camera
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
YouTube
13
Finding and Viewing Videos
YouTube features short videos submitted by people from around the world. To use
some features on iPhone, you need to sign in to a YouTube account when asked. For
information about requirements and how to get a YouTube account, go to www.
youtube.com.
Note: YouTube may not be available in all languages and locations.
Browse videos: Tap Featured, Most Viewed, or Favorites. Or tap More to browse by
Most Recent, Top Rated, History, Subscriptions, or Playlists.
 Featured: ‚# '   0 0# $<
 Most Viewed: Videos most seen by YouTube viewers. Tap All for all-time most viewed
videos, or Today or This Week for most-viewed videos of the day or week.
 Favorites: Videos you’ve added to Favorites. When you sign in to a YouTube account,
account favorites appear and any existing favorites can be synced to your account.
 Most Recent: Videos most recently submitted to YouTube.
 Top Rated: Videos most highly rated by YouTube viewers. To rate videos, go to www.
youtube.com.
 History: Videos you’ve viewed most recently.
 Subscriptions: Videos from YouTube accounts to which you’ve subscribed. You must
be signed in to a YouTube account to use this feature.
 Playlists: Videos you’ve added to playlists. You must be signed in to a YouTube
account to use this feature.
You can replace the browse buttons at the bottom of the screen with buttons you use
more frequently. See “Changing the Browse Buttons” on page 137.
133
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Search for a video:
1  ‹ ƒ  #%
#6'#0†%  0#
<
2 Type a word or phrase that describes what you’re looking for, then tap Search.
YouTube shows results based on video titles, descriptions, tags, and user names. Listed
videos show title, rating, number of views, length, and the account name that posted
the video.
Play a video: Tap the video.
The video begins to download to iPhone and a progress bar appears. When enough of
the video has downloaded, it begins to play. You can also tap to start the video.
Controlling Video Playback
When a video starts playing, the controls disappear so they don’t obscure the video.
Show or hide the video controls: Tap the screen.
%1!
(/'%()*( *++
*-**
%
%1-+
0,
+,(*/*
"*%1
&"%
(($&*$
134
*."(-+*/"'
(%-&
Play or pause a video
Tap or . You can also press the center button
on the iPhone earphones (iPhone 3GS or later).
Adjust the volume
Drag the volume slider, or use the volume
buttons on the side of iPhone. You can also use
the volume buttons on the iPhone earphones
(iPhone 3GS or later).
Play a video on Apple TV using AirPlay
and choose an Apple TV. If
doesn’t
Tap
appear or if you don’t see the Apple TV you’re
looking for, make sure it’s on the same wireless
network as iPhone.
Switch from AirPlay back to iPhone
Tap
Restart a video
Tap
Skip to the next or previous video in a list
twice to skip to the previous video. Tap
Tap
to skip to the next video.
Rewind or fast-forward
Touch and hold
Chapter 13 YouTube
and choose iPhone from the list.
or
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Skip to any point in a video
Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
4/07!4#().'!6)$%/"%&/2%)4=.)3(%30,!9).' Tap Done, or press the Home
button.
7)4#("%47%%.3#!,).'!6)$%/4/=,,4(%3#2%%. Double-tap the video. You can also tap
/2=44/4(%3#2%%.
" '# %  
# <
Add a video to Favorites using video controls
Start playing a video and tap
Email a link to the video using video controls
Start playing a video and tap
to
to make
Managing Videos
Tap
next to a video to see related videos and more controls for managing videos.
Add the video to Favorites
Tap “Add to Favorites.”
Add the video to a playlist
Tap “Add to Playlist,” then select an existing
playlist or tap to create a new playlist.
Email a link to the video
Tap Share Video.
Browse and view related videos
Tap a video in the list of related videos to view, or
next to a video for more information.
tap
Chapter 13 YouTube
135
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Getting More Information
Tap
next to the video to show the video’s comments, description, date added, and
other information.
Rate the video or add a comment
On the More Info screen, tap “Rate, Comment, or
Flag,” then choose “Rate or Comment.” You must
be signed in to a YouTube account to use this
feature.
See more videos from this account
On the More Info screen, tap More Videos.
Subscribe to this YouTube account
On the More Info screen, tap More Videos, then
tap “Subscribe to ” at the bottom of
the video list. You must be signed in to a YouTube
account to use this feature.
Using YouTube Account Features
If you have a YouTube account, you can access account features such as subscriptions,
comments and ratings, and playlists. To create a YouTube account, go to www.youtube.
com.
Show favorites you’ve added to your account: In Favorites, tap Sign In, then enter
your username and password to see your account favorites. Any existing favorites
you’ve added to iPhone can be merged with your account favorites when you sign in.
Delete a favorite: In Favorites, tap Edit, tap
next to a video, then tap Delete.
Show subscriptions you’ve added to your account: In Subscriptions, tap Sign In, then
enter your username and password to see your account subscriptions. Tap an account
in the list to see all videos for that account.
Unsubscribe from a YouTube account: In Subscriptions, tap an account in the list,
then tap Unsubscribe.
136
Chapter 13 YouTube
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
View playlists: In Playlists, tap a playlist to see the list of videos you’ve added. Tap any
video in the playlist to begin playing videos from that point in the playlist.
Edit a playlist: In Playlists, tap Edit, then do one of the following:
 To delete the entire playlist, tap
 To create a new playlist, tap
Add a video to a playlist: Tap
a playlist.
next to a playlist, then tap Delete.
, then enter a name for the playlist.
next to a video, then tap “Add to Playlist” and choose
Delete a video from a playlist:
1 In Playlists, tap a playlist, then tap Edit.
2 Tap
next to a playlist, then tap Delete.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the Featured, Most Viewed, Bookmarks, and Search buttons at the
bottom of the screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you watch
top-rated videos often but don’t watch many featured videos, you could replace the
Featured button with Top Rated.
Change the browse buttons: Tap More and tap Edit, then drag a button to the
bottom of the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
#% <
When you’re browsing for videos, tap More to access the browse buttons that aren’t
visible.
Chapter 13 YouTube
137
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sending Videos to YouTube
If you have a YouTube account, you can send videos directly to YouTube (iPhone 3GS
or later). See “Publishing Videos to YouTube” on page 126.
138
Chapter 13 YouTube
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Stocks
14
Viewing Stock Quotes
Stocks lets you see the latest available quotes for your selected stocks, funds, and
indexes.
Quotes are updated every time you open Stocks when connected to the Internet.
Quotes may be delayed by up to 20 minutes or more, depending upon the reporting
service.
Add a stock, fund, or index to the stock reader:
1 Tap , then tap .
2 Enter a symbol, company name, fund name, or index, then tap Search.
3 Select an item from the search results and tap Done.
View charts in landscape orientation: Rotate iPhone sideways. Flick left or right to
view the other charts in your stock reader.
Show the progress of a stock, fund, or index over time: Tap the stock, fund, or index
in your list, then tap 1d, 1w, 1m, 3m, 6m, 1y, or 2y. The chart adjusts to show progress
over one day, one week, one month, three months, six months, one year, or two years.
When you view a chart in landscape orientation, you can touch the chart to display the
'   #  "<
139
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
# ##  ' '  #   "<
Delete a stock: Tap
and tap
Change the order of the list: Tap
place in the list.
next to a stock, then tap Delete.
. Then drag
next to a stock or index to a new
Switch the view to percentage change, price change, or market capitalization: Tap
any of the values along the right side of the screen. Tap again to switch to another
view. Or tap and tap %, Price, or Mkt Cap, then tap Done.
Getting More Information
See the summary, chart, or news page about a stock, fund, or index: Select the stock,
% _ #%Π #  #    '
summary, chart, or recent news page.
On the news page, you can scroll up and down to read headlines, or tap a headline to
view the article in Safari.
See more information at Yahoo.com: Select the stock, fund, or index in your list, then
tap
140
Chapter 14 Stocks
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Maps
15
WARNING: For important information about driving and navigating safely, see the
Important Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Maps provides street maps, satellite photos, a hybrid view, and street views of
 #"  6#  #  #< 
 " 
and detailed driving, public transit, or walking directions. Find and track your current
(approximate) location, and use your current location to get driving directions to or
from another place. The built-in digital compass lets you see which way you’re facing.
(iPhone 3GS or later).
Important: Maps, directions, and location-based apps depend on data services. These
data services are subject to change and may not be available in all geographic areas,
resulting in maps, directions, or location-based information that may be unavailable,
inaccurate, or incomplete. Compare the information provided on iPhone to your
surroundings, and defer to posted signs to resolve any discrepancies.
? # ' ## $ƒ #%" 0 # 
on. You can use Maps without turning on location services. See “Location Services” on
page 200.
Finding and Viewing Locations
You can search for locations, get your current location, mark a location with the drop
pin, and get satellite and Google Street Views.
Searching for Locations
You can search for locations in many ways—by address, intersection, area, landmark,
bookmark, contact, or zip code, for example.
141
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Find a location and see a map:
1 # 0 0 <
2 Type an address or other search information.
3 Tap Search.
A pin marks the location. Tap the pin to see the name or description of the location.
!03/'%3
).&/1-!3)/.!"/43
3(%,/#!3)/.'%3
$)1%#3)/.2!$$3(%
,/#!3)/.3/8/41
"//+-!1+2/1
#/.3!#32,)23/1
%-!),!,).+3/
//',%!02
Locations can include places of interest added by Google My Maps users (“Usercreated content”), and sponsored links that appear as special icons (for example, ).
Zoom in to a part of a map
& "  #<8 0K 
the part you want to zoom in on. Double-tap
again to zoom in even closer.
Zoom out
& " <8  "  #<
 #  X"  <
Pan or scroll to another part of the map
Drag up, down, left, or right.
See the location of a contact’s address: Tap
and choose a contact.
#
%  #
To locate an address in this way, the contact must include at least one address. If the
contact has more than one address, choose the one you want to locate. You can also
    ##0   ##   #<
Finding Your Current Location
*Š  #   ‹  _" † <
142
Chapter 15 Maps
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Find your current location and turn tracking mode on: Tap
Your current location is indicated by a blue marker. If your location can’t be
determined precisely, a blue circle also appears around the marker. The size of the
circle depends on how precisely your location can be determined—the smaller the
circle, the greater the precision.
As you move around, iPhone updates your location, adjusting the map so that the
location indicator remains in the center of the screen. If you tap again until it is no
longer highlighted, or if you drag the map, iPhone continues to update your location
0##  %#  " " "'$# <
iPhone uses location services to determine your location. Location services uses
available information from cellular network data, local Wi-Fi networks (if you have WiFi turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all locations). When an app is using
location services, appears in the status bar. Location services may not be available in
all countries or regions.
? # ' ## $%60 " < 6 
      # ' ## $<{Location Services” on
page 200.
 # '0  %  # ' #$6 #<?#%
choose General > Location Services.
Get information about your current location: Tap the blue marker, then tap .
iPhone displays the address of your current location, if available. You can use this
information to:
 Get directions
 Add the location to contacts
 Send the address via email or MMS
Chapter 15 Maps
143
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Bookmark the location
Show which way you’re facing (iPhone 3GS or later): Tap again. (The icon changes
to .) Maps uses the built-in compass to determine which way you’re facing. The
angle shows the accuracy of the compass reading—the smaller the angle, the greater
the accuracy.
Maps uses true north to determine your heading, even if you have magnetic north
set in Compass. If the compass needs calibrating, iPhone asks you to wave the phone
  <? 6#   %" 0 #"' "# 
interference. See Chapter 20, “Compass,” on page 161.
Marking a Location with the Drop Pin
The drop pin lets you mark a location by hand.
Mark a location: Touch and hold the location on the map.
The drop pin appears where you’re touching the map.
Move the drop pin: Touch and hold, then drag the pin to a new location, or touch and
hold a new location until a new pin drops, replacing the previous one.
144
Chapter 15 Maps
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Satellite View and Street View
You can see a satellite view of a map, or a combined satellite and street map view. You
can also see a Google Street View of a location.
See a satellite view or hybrid view: Tap , then tap Satellite or Hybrid to see just a
satellite view or a combined street map and satellite view.
To return to map view, tap Map.
Chapter 15 Maps
145
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See the Google Street View of a location: Tap . Flick left or right to pan through the
360° panoramic view. (The inset shows your current view.) Tap an arrow to move down
the street. To return to map view, tap the map inset in the lower-right corner.
!03/1%341.3/-!05)%6
Street View may not be available in all areas.
Getting Directions
You can get step-by-step directions for driving, taking public transit, or walking to a
destination.
Get directions:
1 Tap Directions.
2 ‡ #   #  ‡#<€ %&# #
with your current approximate location (if available). Tap
  #
a location in Bookmarks (including your current location and the dropped pin, if
available), Recents, or Contacts. If
#6#% #<
For example, if a friend’s address is in your contacts list, you can tap Contacts and tap
your friend’s name instead of having to type the address.
To reverse the directions, tap
3 Tap Route (if you entered locations manually), then select directions by car ( ),
directions by public transit ( ), or directions by walking ( ).
The travel options available depend on the route.
4 Do one of the following:
146
Chapter 15 Maps
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 To view all the directions in a list, tap
, then tap List. Tap any item in the list to see
a map showing that leg of the trip. Tap Route Overview to return to the overview
screen.
 To view directions one step at a time, tap Start, then tap
trip. Tap
to see the next leg of the
to go back.
If you’re driving or walking, the approximate distance and travel time appear at the top
# <?
  # '  0% '"# 1#  <
If you’re taking public transit, the overview screen shows each leg of the trip and the
mode of transportation, including where you need to walk. The top of the screen
##"0#    ##%#"  ' "% 
total fare. Tap to set your departure or arrival time, and to choose a schedule for
the trip. Tap the icon at a stop to see the departure time for that bus or train, and to
get a link to the transit provider’s website or contact info. When you tap Start and step
through the route, detailed information about each leg of the trip appears at the top
of the screen.
  #  #0  " %  
points to it, tapping , then tapping Directions To Here or Directions From Here.
Switch start and end points, for reverse directions: Tap
If you don’t see
, tap Edit.
See recently viewed directions: Tap
#
%  #<
   
 '  0% #
map.
 # " 1 # #  #
(/7/2()$%42!@##/.$)4)/.3 Tap
Chapter 15 Maps
% 
 !
147
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 #  #   K  Œ
—
   ./$!3!
#411%.3,8!5!),!",%
  0/23%$
20%%$,)-)3
  2,/6%1
3(!.3(%0/23%$
20%%$,)-)3
 23/0!.$'/
?6#
%" X" '  #" 1 
 #<
 #  '  0   #<
Finding and Contacting Businesses
Find businesses in an area:
1 Find a location—for example, a city and state or country, or a street address—or scroll
to a location on a map.
2 0###_  
<
Pins appear for matching locations in the area. For example, if you locate your city and
then type “movies” and tap Search, pins mark movie theaters in your city.
Tap the pin that marks a business to see its name or description.
).$"53).%33%37)4(/54=.$).'4(%,/#!4)/.=234 Type things like:
 restaurants san francisco ca
 apple inc new york
Contact a business or get directions: Tap the pin that marks a business, then tap
next to the name.
From there, you can do the following:
 Tap a phone number to call, an email address to send email to, or a web address to
visit.
 For directions, tap Directions To Here or Directions From Here.
 To add the business to your contacts list, tap “Add to Contacts” at the bottom of the
screen, then tap “Create New Contact” or “Add to Existing Contact.”
 Share the location of the business by email or text message.
148
Chapter 15 Maps
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See a list of the businesses found in the search: From the Map screen, tap List.
Tap a business to see its location. Or tap
next to a business to see its information.
!,,
)2)3
6%"2)3%
%3
$)1%#3)/.2
!03/2(/6
#/.3!#3).&/
Sharing Location Information
You can add a location you’ve found to your contacts list. You can also send links to a
Google Maps location using email or MMS.
Add a location to your contacts list: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap
next to the name or description, then tap “Add to Contacts” at the bottom of the
screen and tap “Create New Contact” or “Add to Existing Contact.”
Email a link to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it,
tap
next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the bottom of the
screen and tap Email.
Send a link via MMS to a Google Maps location: Find a location, tap the pin that
points to it, tap
next to the name or description, then tap Share Location at the
bottom of the screen and tap MMS.
Bookmarking Locations
 0"  #      <
Bookmark a location: Find a location, tap the pin that points to it, tap
next to the
name or description, then tap “Add to Bookmarks” at the bottom of the Info screen.
See a bookmarked location or recently viewed location: Tap
then tap Bookmarks or Recents.
Chapter 15 Maps
#
%
149
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
16
Weather
Viewing Weather Summaries
Tap Weather on the Home screen to get the current temperature and six-day forecast
for one or more cities around the world.
(13+!" !'%(/
-**',('","('+
-**',,&)*,-*
"01(*+,
'%,","+
-&*(","++,(*
If the weather board is light blue, it’s daytime in that city—between 6:00 a.m. and 6:00
p.m. If the board is dark purple, it’s nighttime—between 6:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.
Add a city:
1 Tap , then tap .
2 Enter a city name or zip code, then tap Search.
3 Choose a city in the search list.
Switch to another city: Flick left or right, or tap to the left or right of the row of dots.
The number of dots below the weather board shows how many cities are stored.
Reorder cities: Tap
150
, then drag
next to a city to a new place in the list.
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Delete a city: Tap
and tap
next to a city, then tap Delete.
Display the temperature in Fahrenheit or Celsius: Tap
, then tap °F or °C.
Getting More Weather Information
You can see a more detailed weather report, news and websites related to the city, and
more.
See information about a city at Yahoo.com: Tap
Chapter 16 Weather
151
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Notes
17
About Notes
You can create notes on iPhone and sync notes with supported applications on your
computer and online accounts. You can search for text in a list of notes.
Syncing Notes
You can sync Notes in either of the following ways:
 In iTunes, use the iPhone settings panes to sync with Mail on a Mac or with
Microsoft Outlook 2003, 2007, or 2010 on a PC when you connect iPhone to your
computer. See “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58.
 In Settings, turn on Notes in MobileMe, Google, Yahoo!, AOL, or other IMAP account
to sync your notes over the air (iPhone 3GS or later) with those accounts. See
“Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25.
Writing and Reading Notes
When you sync Notes with an application on your computer or with online accounts,
the Accounts screen shows each those accounts, plus a button to display all notes in a
single list.
See all notes: Tap All Notes.
152
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
%%./4%3&/2!30%#)=#!##/5.4 Tap the account name.
Change the font used to display notes: In Settings, choose Notes, then select the font
you want to use.
# #0 #" %"#  " <
 # # # #< &'#
landscape orientation and type using a larger keyboard.
Add a note: Tap , then type your note and tap Done.
#   
page 218.
# ###<{Notes” on
Read a note: Tap the note. Tap
to see the next or previous note.
or
Edit a note: Tap anywhere on the note to bring up the keyboard.
Delete a note: Tap the note, then tap .
Chapter 17 Notes
153
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching Notes
You can search the text of notes.
Search for notes:
1 # #0 # #
2 ‡ _#
 #<
<
Search results appear as you type. Tap Search to dismiss the keyboard and see more of
the results.
Notes are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 47.
Emailing Notes
Email a note: Tap the note, then tap .
To email a note, iPhone must be set up for email. See “Setting Up Email Accounts” on
page 79.
154
Chapter 17 Notes
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
18
Clock
World Clocks
You can add clocks to show the time in other major cities and time zones around the
world.
View clocks: Tap World Clock.
If the clock face is white, it’s daytime in that city. If the clock face is black, it’s nighttime.
? '"     #%Π#  "<
Add a clock:
1 Tap World Clock.
2 Tap , then type the name of a city.
Cities matching what you’ve typed appear below.
3 Tap a city to add a clock for that city.
If you don’t see the city you’re looking for, try a major city in the same time zone.
Delete a clock: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then tap
Delete.
next to a clock and tap
Rearrange clocks: Tap World Clock and tap Edit. Then drag
place in the list.
next to a clock to a new
Alarms
You can set multiple alarms. Set each alarm to repeat on days you specify, or to sound
only once.
Set an alarm:
1 Tap Alarm and tap .
2 Adjust any of the following settings:
155
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 To set the alarm to repeat on certain days, tap Repeat and choose the days.

    &tap Sound.
 To set whether the alarm gives you the option to hit snooze,  X $<?
Snooze is on and you tap Snooze when the alarm sounds, the alarm stops and then
sounds again in ten minutes.
 To give the alarm a description, tap Label. iPhone displays the label when the alarm
sounds.
If at least one alarm is set and turned on,
of the screen.
appears in the iPhone status bar at the top
Important: Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re
traveling, iPhone alerts may not sound at the correct local time. See “Date and Time” on
page 204.
52.!.!,!2-/./2/?  * "     " $<?   "# 
$%6#  ## 0 <
?   "### % #$ "    ##< 
turn it on again to reenable it.
Change settings for an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap
you want to change.
Delete an alarm: Tap Alarm and tap Edit, then tap
Delete.
next to the alarm
next to the alarm and tap
Stopwatch
Use the stopwatch to time an event:
1 Tap Stopwatch.
2 Tap Start to start the stopwatch.
 To record lap times, tap Lap after each lap.
 To pause the stopwatch, tap Stop. Tap Start to resume.
 To reset the stopwatch, tap Reset when the stopwatch is paused.
If you start the stopwatch and switch to another app, the stopwatch keeps running.
Timer
Set the timer:  " %Π#"0  # "#<  
to start the timer.
Choose the sound: Tap When Timer Ends.
Set a sleep timer: Set the timer, then tap When Timer Ends and choose Sleep iPod.
When you set a sleep timer, iPhone stops playing music or video when the timer ends.
156
Chapter 18 Clock
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you start the timer and then switch to another iPhone app, the timer keeps running.
Chapter 18 Clock
157
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Calculator
19
Using the Calculator
Tap numbers and functions in Calculator just as you would with a standard calculator.
When you tap the add, subtract, multiply, or divide button, a white ring appears
around the button to let you know the operation to be carried out. Rotate iPhone to
 _ #      <
Standard Memory Functions
 C: Tap to clear the displayed number.
 MC: Tap to clear the memory.
 M+: Tap to add the displayed number to the number in memory. If no number is in
memory, tap to store the displayed number in memory.
 M–: Tap to subtract the displayed number from the number in memory.
 MR: Tap to replace the displayed number with the number in memory. If the button
has a white ring around it, there is a number stored in memory.
The stored number remains in memory when you switch between the standard and
#      #<
158
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
     
 & #   # #      <
2nd
Changes the trigonometric buttons (sin, cos, tan, sinh, cosh, and tanh) to their inverse
functions (sin-1, cos-1, tan-1, sinh-1, cosh-1, and tanh-1). It also changes ln to log2, and ex to
2x. Tap 2nd again to return the buttons to their original functions.
Opens a parenthetical expression. Expressions can be nested.
Closes a parenthetical expression.
Calculates percentages, adds markups, and subtracts discounts. To calculate a
percentage, use it with the multiplication (x) key. For example, to calculate 8% of 500,
enter
500 x 8 % =
which returns 40.
To add a markup or subtract a discount, use it with the plus (+) or minus (–) key. For
example, to compute the total cost of a $500 item with an 8% sales tax, enter
500 + 8 % =
which returns 540.
1/x
Returns the reciprocal of a value in decimal format.
x2
Squares a value.
x3
Cubes a value.
0' # # #'  # ' <] 
example, to compute 34, enter
3 yx 4 =
which returns 81.
x!
Calculates the factorial of a value.
Calculates the square root of a value.
y
Use between values to calculate the x root of y. For example to compute 481, enter
81 xy 4 =
which returns 3.
Chapter 19 Calculator
159
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
log
Returns the log base 10 of a value.
sin
Calculates the sine of a value.
sin-1
Calculates the arc sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
cos
Calculates the cosine of a value.
-1
cos
Calculates the arc cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
tan
Calculates the tangent of a value.
tan-1
Calculates the arc tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
ln
Calculates the natural log of a value.
log2
Calculates the log base 2. (Available when the 2nd button is tapped.)
sinh
Calculates the hyperbolic sine of a value.
sinh
-1
cosh
Calculates the hyperbolic cosine of a value.
-1
cosh
tanh
-1
160
Calculates the inverse hyperbolic sine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is
tapped.)
Calculates the inverse hyperbolic cosine of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is
tapped.)
Calculates the hyperbolic tangent of a value.
tanh
Calculates the inverse hyperbolic tangent of a value. (Available when the 2nd button is
tapped.)
ex
Tap after entering a value to raise the constant “e” (2.718281828459045…) to the power
of that value.
2x
Calculates 2 to the power of the displayed value. For example, 10 2x = 1024. (Available
when the 2nd button is tapped.)
Rad
Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in radians.
Deg
Changes the mode to express trigonometric functions in degrees.
Enters the value of  (3.141592653589793…).
EE
An operator that multiplies the currently displayed value by 10 to the power of the next
value you enter.
Rand
Returns a random number between 0 and 1.
Chapter 19 Calculator
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Compass
20
Getting Compass Readings
The built-in compass (iPhone 3GS or later) shows which direction you’re facing, along
with the geographical coordinates of your current location. You can choose magnetic
north, or have Compass adjust the declination to show true north.
Important:     " ##" 0 ' $ 0
magnetic or other environmental interference, including interference caused by the
close proximity of the magnets contained in the iPhone earbuds. The digital compass
should only be used for basic navigation assistance and should not be solely relied on
to determine precise locations, proximity, distance, or direction.
 " ###0 0  #"#% " 0
calibrated occasionally after that. iPhone alerts you whenever calibration is needed.
Note: ? # ' ## $" ##%" 0 #
turn it on. You can use Compass without turning on location services. See “Location
Services” on page 200.
161
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Calibrate iPhone:  '&  <" 0 #"'  
from a source of interference.
See the direction you’re facing: Hold iPhone level to the ground. The compass needle
rotates to point north. Your current direction appears at the top of the screen. The
coordinates of your current location are displayed at the bottom of the screen.
Switch between true north and magnetic north: Tap
want.
and tap the setting you
Compass and Maps
" ## #    ƒ #<ƒ # ###0K
in compass to show the direction you’re facing.
See your current location in Maps: Tap at the bottom of the Compass screen. Maps
opens and indicates your current location with a blue marker.
162
Chapter 20 Compass
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Show the direction you’re facing: In Maps, tap twice. The icon changes to . The
angle shows the accuracy of the compass reading—the smaller the angle, the greater
the accuracy.
See “Finding and Viewing Locations” on page 141.
Chapter 20 Compass
163
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
21
Voice Memos
Recording Voice Memos
Voice Memos lets you use iPhone as a portable recording device using the built-in
microphone, iPhone or Bluetooth headset mic, or supported external microphone.
Note: External microphones must be designed to work with the iPhone headset jack
or Dock Connector. These include Apple-branded earbuds and authorized third-party
accessories marked with the Apple “Made for iPhone” or “Works with iPhone” logo.
You can adjust the recording level by moving the microphone closer to or further
away from what you’re recording. For better recording quality, the loudest level on the
level meter should be between –3dB and 0 dB.
-"(%.%&,*
(,(.("&&(+
(*-,,('
164
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Record a voice memo:
1 Tap to start recording. You can also press the center button on the iPhone
earphones.
2 Tap to pause or to stop recording. You can also press the center button on the
iPhone earphones.
Recordings using the built-in microphone are mono, but you can record stereo using
an external stereo microphone.
When you start a voice recording, iPhone makes a short ringing sound. The sound isn’t
played if you’ve set the Ring/Silent switch to silent. See “Sounds and the Ring/Silent
Switch” on page 196.
Note: ?#"  #  #%#$ # ‚ ƒ"#  '
if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent.
To use other apps while recording your voice memo, you can lock iPhone or press the
Home button.
Play a voice memo you just recorded: Tap .
Listening to Voice Memos
,!8(%!$
#14""%1"!1
Play a voice memo you’ve previously recorded:
1 Tap .
ƒ"# #     %"#  "" #<
2 Tap a memo, then tap .
Tap to pause, then tap
again to resume playback.
Skip to any point in a voice memo: Drag the playhead along the scrubber bar.
Listen through the built-in speaker: Tap Speaker.
Chapter 21 Voice Memos
165
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Managing Voice Memos
Delete a voice memo: Tap a memo in the list, then tap Delete.
See more information: Tap
next to the memo. The Info screen displays information
about the length, recording time and date, and provides additional editing and
sharing functions.
Add a label to a voice memo: On the Info screen tap , then select a label in the list
on the Label screen. To create a custom label, choose Custom at the bottom of the list,
then type a name for the label.
Trimming Voice Memos
You can trim the beginning or ending of a voice memo to eliminate unwanted pauses
or noise.
Trim a voice memo:
1 On the Voice Memos screen, tap
2 Tap Trim Memo.
166
Chapter 21 Voice Memos
next to the memo you want to trim.
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
3 Using the time markers as a guide, drag the edges of the audio region to adjust the
beginning and end of the voice memo. To preview your edit, tap .
4 Tap Trim Voice Memo.
Important: Edits you make to voice memos can’t be undone.
Sharing Voice Memos
You can share your voice memos as attachments in email or MMS messages.
Share a voice memo:
1 Select a voice memo on the Voice Memos screen, then tap Share.
You can also tap Share on the Info screen of a voice memo.
2 Choose Email to open a new message in Mail with the memo attached, or choose
MMS to open a new message in Messages.
*"##   #6  ## <
Syncing Voice Memos
iTunes syncs voice memos to your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your
computer. This lets you listen to voice memos on your computer and provides a
backup if you delete them from iPhone.
Voice memos are synced to the Voice Memos playlist. iTunes creates the playlist if it
doesn’t exist. When you sync voice memos to iTunes, they remain in the Voice Memos
app until you delete them. If you delete a voice memo on iPhone, it isn’t deleted from
the Voice Memos playlist in iTunes. However, if you delete a voice memo from iTunes, it
is deleted from iPhone the next time you sync with iTunes.
You can sync the iTunes Voice Memos playlist to the iPod app on iPhone using the
Music pane in iTunes.
Chapter 21 Voice Memos
167
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Sync the Voice Memos playlist to iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 Select Music at the top of the screen.
4 Select the “Include voice memos” checkbox and click Apply.
168
Chapter 21 Voice Memos
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iTunes Store
22
About the iTunes Store
You can search for, browse, preview, purchase, and download music, ringtones,
audiobooks, TV shows, movies, and music videos from the iTunes Store directly to
iPhone. You can listen to audio or watch video podcasts from the iTunes Store, either
by streaming them from the Internet or by downloading them directly to iPhone. And,
   '  ##  # "# 6 #
   0%  '  ##    
who’s planning to go, and more.
Note: The iTunes Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and iTunes
Store content may vary by country or region.
To access the iTunes Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See “Connecting
to the Internet” on page 22.
To purchase items or write reviews, you need an Apple ID. By default, iPhone gets your
Apple ID information from iTunes. If you don’t have an Apple ID, or if you want to make
purchases using another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 218.
You don’t need an Apple ID to play or download podcasts.
169
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Finding Music, Videos, and More
Browse content: Tap one of the content categories at the bottom of the screen, such
as Music or Videos. Or tap More to browse other content. Choose a sort method at the
top of the screen—for example New Releases or Genres (the categories may vary).
Search for content:  ‹ ƒ  #% #6'#0†% # 
   "  #%  <  ##  0
category, such as Movies, Albums, or Podcasts.
Tap an item in a list to see more details on its Info screen. You can read reviews, write
your own review, or email a link about the item to a friend. Depending on the item,
you can also buy, download, or rent it.
Note: If you join a Starbucks Wi-Fi network in a select Starbucks location (available
in the U.S. only), the Starbucks icon appears at the bottom of the screen. You can
preview and purchase the currently playing and other songs from featured Starbucks
Collections.
170
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Explore artist and friend recommendations: &‹ ƒ  #%&#6
'#0† 6# "  '  ## # "#   #
are excited about. For information, see the following section, “Following Artists and
Friends.”
Following Artists and Friends
Use iTunes Ping to connect with the world’s most passionate music fans. Follow
favorite artists to learn about new releases and upcoming concerts and tours, get an
insider’s perspective through their photos and videos, and learn about their musical
Π#<  #6 ""# 0"# 6 #% # 
they’re buying and which concerts they plan to attend. Finally, express your musical
likes and post comments for your own followers.
   _ "#   #%    <
2%!4%9/52)5.%3).'02/=,% Open the iTunes application on your Mac or PC, click
Ping, and follow the onscreen instructions.
Explore iTunes Ping on iPhone: 8 # % &‹ ƒ  #%&
isn’t visible), then:
 Tap Activity to see the latest from and about the people you follow. Updates include
purchases, reviews, likes, comments, and posts.
 Tap People to see who you’re following and who’s following you, or to search for
artists or friends.

ƒ&  '   " <
Follow an artist:
]   <
 By searching:
&%  #6# "#  
page, then tap Search. Tap the artist in the list of results, then tap Follow.
 While browsing:
&  0"  0" % ]<
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
171
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Follow a friend: # #   ##  #
iTunes on your Mac or PC. After that, you can choose to follow others using Ping on
iPhone.
 By searching:
&%   6# "# % 
Search. Tap your friend’s name in the list of matches, then tap Follow.
 While exploring Ping: Tap a person’s name, then tap Follow.
#"%6 "  <?   
choose to approve or decline requests to be followed as they arrive, or simply accept
all new followers without review (the default).
Share your thoughts: As you browse albums and songs, tap Post to comment on a
piece of music or tap Like just to say you like it. Your friends will see your thoughts in
their iTunes Ping Activity feed.
Share concert plans:   #   # "   #0
the artists you follow, and see which of your friends are going to a concert. Tap Tickets
to buy your own ticket, or tap I’m Going to let others know you’ll be there too. (Not
available in all countries or regions.)
Purchasing Ringtones
You can preview and purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store and download them to
iPhone.
Note: Ringtones may not be available in all countries or regions.
Browse for ringtones: #‹ ƒ  #%##6'#0† #
  #  # # <
Preview a ringtone: Tap the item to preview. Double-tap the item for more
information.
172
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Purchase and download a ringtone:
1 Tap the price, then tap Buy Now.
2 # *? Š#% 8<
When you purchase a ringtone, you can set it as your default ringtone, or assign it to a
contact.
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the
_"#%6 '   ##   <
You can change your default ringtone or assign individual ringtones to contacts in
Settings > Sounds. See “Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch” on page 196.
Ringtones you purchase on iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you
connect iPhone to your computer. You can sync purchased ringtones to more than
one iPhone, if they’re all synced using the Apple ID that you used to purchase the
ringtones. You can’t edit ringtones you purchase from the iTunes Store.
You can create custom ringtones in Garage Band. For information, see Garage Band
Help.
Purchasing Music or Audiobooks
 #% 0"%  0 # % 
purchase and download it to iPhone. You can preview an item before you purchase it
to make sure it’s what you want.
Preview a song or audiobook: Tap the item.
Purchase and download a song, album, or audiobook:
1 Tap the price, then tap Buy Now.
2 # *? Š#% 8<
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Your purchase is charged to your Apple ID. For additional purchases made within the
_"#%6 '   ##   <
An alert appears if you’ve previously purchased one or more songs from an album.
Tap Buy if you want to purchase the entire album including the songs you’ve already
purchased, or tap Cancel if you want to purchase any remaining songs individually.
Some albums include bonus content, which is downloaded to your iTunes library on
your computer. Not all bonus content is downloaded directly to iPhone.
Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads
screen. See “Checking Download Status” on page 175.
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
173
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Purchased songs are added to a Purchased playlist on iPhone. If you delete the
Purchased playlist, iTunes creates a new one when you buy an item from the iTunes
Store.
  " #  #%   #%   "  #
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your
Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens.
Enter a redemption code: ƒ# ‹ ƒ  #%ƒ# #6'#0†% 
Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions.
Purchasing or Renting Videos
The iTunes Store lets you purchase and download movies, TV shows, and music videos
(may not be available in all countries or regions). Some movies and TV shows can also
0   ""<‚ " 0 '  0#  K‹%
 ¡­£† " %K‹!% ¯–£† " % 0<
Preview a video: Tap Preview.
Purchase or rent a video:
1 Tap Buy or Rent.
2 # *? Š#% 8<
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up. Your purchase
#   *?<]     ##" _
minutes, you don’t have to enter your password again.
Once you purchase an item, it begins downloading and appears on the Downloads
screen. See “Checking Download Status” on page 175.
Rented movies and TV shows don’t begin playing until the download completes. See
“Watching Rented Movies and TV Shows” on page 106.
When the download is complete, purchased videos are added to the Purchased playlist
on iPhone. Purchased content is synced to the Purchased playlist for your iPhone in
iTunes the next time you connect iPhone to your computer. See “Syncing Purchased
Content” on page 176.
Note: If you purchase HD video on iPhone 3G or iPhone 3GS, the video is downloaded
to iPhone in SD format.
To view or sync videos in the Purchased playlist in iTunes on your computer, you must
be signed in using your Apple ID.
Sync purchased videos in iTunes: Connect iPhone to your computer. In iTunes, select
iPhone in the Devices list, click the appropriate button (Movies, TV Shows, or Music for
music videos), select the items you want to sync, then click Sync.
174
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you purchase a video in HD format, you can choose to sync it in either SD or HD
format. You may want to sync an HD video in SD format for a quicker download, or to
save room on iPhone.
Select SD or HD format: In iTunes, Control-click or right-click a video marked “HD-SD”
 #   ! "‚ #"<
  " #  #%   #%   "  #
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your
Apple ID information at the bottom of most iTunes Store screens.
Enter a redemption code: ƒ# ‹ ƒ  #%ƒ# #6'#0†% 
Redeem at the bottom of the screen and follow the onscreen instructions.
Streaming or Downloading Podcasts
You can listen to audio podcasts or watch video podcasts streamed over the Internet
from the iTunes Store. You can also download audio and video podcasts to iPhone.
Podcasts you download to iPhone are synced to your iTunes library when you connect
iPhone to your computer.
& ##‹ ƒ  #%& ###6'#0†0 # ## #
Store. To see a list of episodes, tap a podcast. Video podcasts are indicated by the
video icon.
Stream a podcast: Tap the podcast title.
Download a podcast: Tap the Free button, then tap Download. Downloaded podcasts
appear in the Podcasts list in iPod.
Listen to or watch a podcast you’ve downloaded: In iPod, tap Podcasts (tap More
 #%& ###6'#0†%  #<‚ ## #   
list of videos.
Get more episodes of the podcast you’ve downloaded: In the Podcasts list in iPod,
tap the podcast, then tap Get More Episodes.
Delete a podcast: In the Podcasts list in iPod, swipe left or right over the podcast, then
tap Delete.
Checking Download Status
You can check the Downloads screen to see the status of in-progress and scheduled
downloads, including purchases you’ve pre-ordered.
See the status of items being downloaded:
Downloads isn’t visible).
 #‹ ƒ  #%
To pause a download, tap .
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
175
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an
Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the
download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and
signed in using the same Apple ID).
See the status of pre-ordered items:
visible).
 #‹ ƒ  #% ##6
Pre-ordered items appear in a list until the item is released. Tap the item for release
date information. Once the item is available for download, appears next to the
download.
Download a pre-ordered item: Tap the item, then tap
Pre-ordered items don’t download automatically when they’re released. Return to the
Downloads screen to begin the download.
Syncing Purchased Content
iTunes automatically syncs everything you’ve downloaded or purchased on iPhone to
your iTunes library when you connect iPhone to your computer. This lets you access
the downloads on your computer and provides a backup if you delete purchased
content from iPhone.
Purchased content is synced to the “Purchased on ” playlist.
iTunes creates the playlist if it doesn’t exist. iTunes also copies your purchases to the
Purchased playlist that iTunes uses for purchases you make on your computer, if that
playlist exists and is set to sync with iPhone.
Downloaded podcasts are synced to the Podcast list in your iTunes library.
Changing the Browse Buttons
You can replace the Music, Podcasts, Videos, and Search buttons at the bottom of the
screen with ones you use more frequently. For example, if you download audiobooks
often but don’t watch many videos, you could replace the Videos button with
Audiobooks.
176
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Change the browse buttons: Tap More, tap Edit, then drag a button to the bottom of
the screen, over the button you want to replace.
You can drag the buttons at the bottom of the screen left or right to rearrange them.
#% <
When you’re browsing, tap More to access the browse buttons that aren’t visible.
Viewing Account Information
To view iTunes Store information for your Apple ID on iPhone, tap your Apple ID (at the
bottom of most iTunes Store screens). Or go to Settings > Store and tap View Apple ID.
You must be signed in to view your account information. See “Store” on page 218.
Verifying Downloads
You can use iTunes on your computer to verify that all the music, videos, apps, and
other items you bought from the iTunes Store or App Store are in your iTunes library.
You might want to do this if a download was interrupted.
Verify your purchases:
1 Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet.
2 In iTunes, choose Store > Check for Available Downloads.
3 Enter your Apple ID and password, then click Check.
Purchases not yet on your computer are downloaded.
The Purchased playlist displays your purchases. However, because you can add or
remove items in this list, it might not be accurate. To see all of your purchases, sign in
using your Apple ID, choose Store > View My Account, and click Purchase History.
Chapter 22 iTunes Store
177
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
App Store
23
About the App Store
You can search for, browse, review, purchase, and download apps from the App
Store directly to iPhone. Apps that you download and install from the App Store
on iPhone are backed up to your iTunes library the next time you sync iPhone with
your computer. When you sync iPhone, you can also install apps you’ve purchased or
downloaded from the iTunes Store on your computer.
Note: The App Store may not be available in all countries or regions, and App Store
content may vary by country or region.
To browse the App Store, iPhone must be connected to the Internet. See “Connecting
to the Internet” on page 22. To download apps, you also need an Apple ID (may not
be available in all countries or regions). By default, iPhone gets your Apple ID settings
from iTunes. If you don’t have an Apple ID, or if you want to make purchases using
another Apple ID, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 218.
Browsing and Searching
Browse the featured selections to see new, notable, or recommended apps, or browse
–±#"#  #<?6   #   %# <
178
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Browse apps: Tap Featured, Categories, or Top 25. Choose a category, or choose a sort
method at the top of the screen to browse by lists such as New, What’s Hot, Genius,
Top Paid, or Top Free.
Browse using Genius: Tap Genius to see a list of recommended apps based on what’s
already in your app collection. To turn Genius on, follow the onscreen instructions.
Genius is a free service, but it requires an Apple ID.
Search for apps:
tap Search.

Chapter 23 App Store
% #
   "  #%
179
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Info Screen
Tap any app in a list to see more information, such as the app’s price, screenshots, and
ratings.
If you already installed the app, “Installed” appears instead of the price on the Info
screen.
View screenshots: Scroll to near the bottom of the Info page. Flick left or right to view
additional screenshot pages. Double-tap to zoom in.
Get ratings and read reviews: Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen.
Email a link to the app’s Info page in iTunes: Tap “Tell a Friend” near the bottom of
the Info screen.
Report a problem: Tap “Report a Problem” near the bottom of the Info screen. Select a
problem from the list or type optional comments, then tap Report.
Send the app to someone as a gift: Tap “Gift This App” near the bottom of the Info
screen, then follow the onscreen instructions.
180
Chapter 23 App Store
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Downloading Apps
   * %   #  
to iPhone. If the app is free, you can download it without charge.
Once you download an app, it’s immediately installed on iPhone.
Purchase and download an app:
1 Tap the price (or tap Free), then tap Buy Now.
2 # *? Š#% 8<
If you don’t have an Apple ID, tap Create New Apple ID to set one up.
Downloads for purchase are charged to your Apple ID. For additional downloads made
_"#%6 '   ##   <
Some apps allow you to make purchases within the app. You can restrict in-app
purchases in Settings. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
" ### #   " %'
#6 < #'  %0"  _
or sound alerts, and a numbered badge on the app icon on the Home screen. See
“ #” on page 195.
  " #  #%   #%   "  #
make purchases. When you’re signed in, your remaining store credit appears with your
Apple ID information at the bottom of most App Store screens.
Enter a redemption code: Tap Redeem near the bottom of the Featured screen, then
follow the onscreen instructions.
See the status of downloading apps: After you begin downloading an app, its icon
appears on the Home screen and shows a progress indicator.
If a download is interrupted, iPhone starts the download again the next time it has an
Internet connection. Or, if you open iTunes on your computer, iTunes completes the
download to your iTunes library (if your computer is connected to the Internet and
signed in using the same Apple ID).
Deleting Apps
You can delete apps you install from the App Store. If you delete an app, data
associated with the app is no longer available to iPhone, unless you reinstall the app
and restore its data from a backup.
Chapter 23 App Store
181
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
You can reinstall an app and restore its data as long as you backed up iPhone with
iTunes on your computer. (If you try to delete an app that hasn’t been backed up to
your computer, an alert appears.) To retrieve the app data, you must restore iPhone
from a backup containing the data. See “Restoring from a Backup” on page 256.
Delete an App Store app:
1 Touch and hold any app icon on the Home screen, until the icons start to jiggle.
2 Tap
in the corner of the app you want to delete.
3 Tap Delete, then press the Home
button.
If you don’t see
on the app icon, either the app wasn’t purchased from the App
Store or deleting apps has been restricted. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
When you delete an app, its data is no longer accessible through the iPhone user
interface, but it isn’t erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and
settings, see “Erase All Content and Settings” on page 207.
You can redownload any app that you’ve purchased from the App Store, free of charge.
Replace a deleted app:
 On iPhone: Purchase the app again (you won’t be charged).
 In iTunes: Connect iPhone to your computer, select iPhone in the Devices list, click
Apps and select the checkbox next to the app, then click Apply.
Writing Reviews
You can write and submit your own app reviews directly on iPhone.
Write a review:
1 Tap Ratings near the bottom of the Info screen.
2 On the Reviews screen, tap “Write a Review.”
3 Select the number of stars (1–5) for your rating of the app, and enter your nickname,
a title for the review, and optional review comments. If you’ve written reviews before,
  "#   <8 #%6  #    ' 
nickname.
4 Tap Send.
You must be signed in to your Apple account and have downloaded the item in order
to submit reviews.
182
Chapter 23 App Store
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Updating Apps
Whenever you access the App Store, it checks for updates to apps you’ve installed. The
App Store also automatically checks for updates every week. The App Store icon shows
the total number of app updates available.
If an update is available and you access the App Store, the Updates screen appears
immediately. App updates are downloaded and automatically installed when you
choose to update them.
App upgrades are new releases that can be purchased or downloaded through the
App Store on iPhone or the iTunes Store on your computer.
Update an app:
1 At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates.
2 Tap an app to see more information about the update.
3 Tap Update.
Update all apps: At the bottom of the screen, tap Updates, then tap Update All.
?      # " $ * %6  # 
that account ID and password in order to download the update.
Syncing Purchased Apps
When you connect iPhone to your computer, iTunes syncs apps you download or
purchase on iPhone to your iTunes library. This lets you access the downloads on your
computer and provides a backup if you delete apps from iPhone.
Downloaded apps are backed up the next time you sync with iTunes. Afterwards, only
app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes.
Apps are synced to the Apps list in your iTunes library. iTunes creates the list if it
doesn’t exist.
Chapter 23 App Store
183
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Game Center
24
About Game Center
You can discover new games and share your game experiences with friends around
the world in Game Center (iPhone 3GS or later). Invite your friends to play, or use
K"    #<   0 ##0#
  # <‡ 0##0 '#   "#"#  "<
Note: Game Center may not be available in all countries or regions, and the available
games may vary by country or region.
To use Game Center, you need an Internet connection and an Apple ID. If you already
have an iTunes Store, MobileMe, or other Apple account, you can use that Apple ID
with Game Center. If you don’t already have an Apple account, you can create a new
one in Game Center, as described below.
Setting Up Game Center
 # " %6  #  # #<
‹"  #0 #   #<† #"  
alerts, sounds, and icon badges that let you know about Game Center events even
when you’re not using Game Center. For example, you might receive an alert that a
friend has invited you to play a game.
,,/7./4)=#!4)/.3  8<
? 6*%6  ' #  " < 
  #    " %  #  #
 # <
52../4)=#!4)/.3/./2/? ?#% # #<  $ #
# 0#  #   #<
184
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
0%#)&97()#(./4)=#!4)/.39/57!.4&/2!-% %.4%2 In Settings, choose
 #’ " %  #%* #% € ###<?
 " #6  %  #<
Set up Game Center information for your Apple ID:
1 Enter your Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In.
You may be asked to provide additional information. If you don’t have an Apple ID, you
can create one by tapping Create New Account.
2 Tap Agree to accept the Game Center Terms & Conditions.
3 Enter a nickname—the name others will see and know you by.
4    " ##—
 To allow other users to invite you to play a game, leave Allow Game Invites turned
<8 #%  $<

  # #0 "   ##% ']ƒ€‡" 
 <8 #%  $<
 ‚  
" <   $   ##6 
# "* ##<   "#  ## #
yours, you’ll need to respond to the email that is sent to that address.
 To add more email addresses that people can use to contact you in Game Center,
tap Add Another Email.
5
_ 
#  <
Change Game Center settings for your Apple ID:
1 Tap Me at the bottom of the screen, then tap your account banner.
2 Tap View Account.
3 Make your changes, then tap Done.
)'.).53).'!$)?%2%.4 00,%
1 Tap Me, then tap the account banner at the bottom of the screen.
2 Tap Sign Out.
3 Enter the new Apple ID and password, then tap Sign In.
Games
Purchasing and Downloading Games
Games for Game Center are available from the App Store. If you haven’t entered credit
card information for your Apple ID, you’re prompted to enter that information before
you can purchase and download games.
Purchase and download games: Tap Games, then tap Find Game Center Games.
Chapter 24 Game Center
185
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The Game Center section of App Store displays games that work with Game Center.
You can browse this section, and purchase and download games from it, as you would
for other apps in the App Store. See Chapter 23, “App Store,” on page 178.
If you want to purchase a game that a friend has, tap the game on your friend’s info
screen to go directly to that game in the App Store.
Playing Games
The Games screen displays the games you download from the iTunes Store. For each
of the games, your number of achievements and your ranking among all the game’s
players are displayed.
Get information about a game: Tap Games, then tap a game. If available, you can
#  "6#  0 #%#  '"#  "% 
who’s recently played the game.
Play a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap Play.
Depending on the game, the home screen may provide instructions or other
information, and let you view leaderboards and achievements, set game options, and
start a single or multiplayer game. To play against others, you can either invite a friend
 # K"   ' "    # <]  " 
about making friends in Game Center, see “Friends” on page 189.
For multiplayer games, you can also send a game invitation from the Friends screen.
Invite a friend to a multiplayer game from the Friends screen:
1 Tap Friends at the bottom of the screen.
2 Choose a friend.
3 Choose a game and tap Play.
If the game allows or requires additional players, you can choose players to invite, then
tap Next.
186
Chapter 24 Game Center
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
4 Enter and send your invitation, then wait for the others to accept.
5 Start the game.
If a friend isn’t available or doesn’t respond to your invitation, you can tap Auto-Match
 ' "      %  ?']  '
some other friend.
Other players may invite you to play the game.
Respond to an invitation to play a game: Tap Accept or Decline in the alert that
appears.
You can disable multiplayer games in Restrictions. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
  '   # "'  "#0 $*
Game Invites in Game Center settings. See “Your Status and Account Information” on
page 191.
Return to Game Center: Press the Home button, then tap Game Center on the Home
screen.
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can also press the Home button twice quickly and choose
Game Center from your recent apps.
Leaderboards
Some games provide one or more leaderboards to show the ranking of the game’s
players, with their scores, times, or other measures of the players’ success.
See a game’s leaderboard: Tap Games, then choose the game and tap Leaderboard.
You may also be able to view leaderboards from within a game.
If a game has variations (such as Easy, Normal, and Hard), the Categories screen lets
you choose the leaderboard for the game in general, or for one of the variations.
Chapter 24 Game Center
187
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The leaderboard shows the ranking of your friends, and of all players. You may be able
'  0 # #  #  " %#  # %#%  "<
Rotate iPhone to see a leaderboard in landscape orientation.
Start playing a game from the leaderboard: Tap Play in the upper-right corner.
Achievements
" "#  0## #   '"#<
See the possible achievements for a game: Tap Games, choose a game, then tap
Achievements.
For each achievement, Game Center shows how many bonus points are awarded,
and whether you’ve completed the achievement. The total points awarded for your
'"#   < 0##  #   '"
only once.
You may also be able to view achievements from within a game.
Recently Played
Some games let you see which of your friends have recently played the game.
188
Chapter 24 Game Center
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
See who’s recently played a game: Tap Games, tap a game, then tap Recently Played.
Get information about a player: Tap a player’s name in the list.
Friends
Game Center puts you in contact with players around the world. You add friends to
Game Center by making a request, or by accepting a request from another player.
Add a friend to Game Center:
1 Tap Friends or Requests.
2 Tap +, then enter a friend’s email address or Game Center nickname.
Matching addresses and names from your contacts appear as you type. Tap a contact
to include that person in your request. Tap
to browse your contacts.
To add several friends at once, enter additional contacts.
3 Enter a message for your request, then tap Send.
In order to become a friend, a person must accept your request.
Other players might send you a request. If you receive an alert, you can accept the
request from there, or close it and respond to the request later from the Request
screen. A badge on the Requests button indicates the number of outstanding friend
requests.
Respond to a friend request: Tap Requests, tap the name of the person making the
request, then tap Accept, Ignore, or Report a Problem.
Chapter 24 Game Center
189
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
When a player accepts another player’s request, they each become the other’s friend.
Friends’ names appear on the Friends screen.
Get information about a friend: Tap the friend’s name.
Search for a friend: Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the
#  # <] #"   #    #<
A friend’s info page shows how many friends (including you) the person has, the
"0 $  "#   # % "  '"# 
friend has completed. The info screen may also show:
 The games you’ve played together
 The games you have in common
 Other games your friend has
You can tap a game in any of the lists to see your position and your friend’s position
on the overall leaderboard, and your respective accomplishments for the game.
190
Chapter 24 Game Center
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Invite a friend to play a game: Tap Friends, tap the friend’s name, tap a game, then
tap Play. See “Playing Games” on page 186.
Remove a friend: Tap Friends, tap a name, then tap Unfriend and tap Remove.
?   #$#' _0#    0 ' %    0"<
Report a problem with a friend: Tap Friends, tap the friend’s name, then tap “Report a
Problem.” Describe the problem, then tap Report to send the report.
? $ƒ   "##% 6#   '' #
play games. See “Restrictions” on page 202.
Your Status and Account Information
The Me screen summarizes information about your friends, your games, and your
achievements.
_  # #    # #"## <
Your status appears along with your nickname in other players’ Friends screens.
Change your status:
status.
# # #0     
View your account information: Tap the account banner, then tap View Account.
You can change or update the following settings:
 Nickname
 Allow game invites
 Find Me By Email
 Your mail address for Game Center
 Additional email addresses
#% <
Chapter 24 Game Center
191
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
  ## # $ 
%    
<
Sign out: Tap the account banner, then tap Sign Out.
To sign in to another account, enter your username and password, then tap Sign In. To
create a new account, tap Create New Account and follow the onscreen instructions.
192
Chapter 24 Game Center
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Settings
25
# # #"X& #%#  "%   
network connection, and enter other preferences for iPhone.
Airplane Mode
Airplane mode disables the wireless features of iPhone to reduce potential
interference with aircraft operation and other electrical equipment.
Turn on airplane mode: Tap Settings and turn airplane mode on.
When airplane mode is on, appears in the status bar at the top of the screen. No
phone, radio, Wi-Fi, or Bluetooth signals are emitted from iPhone and GPS reception is
 $%# 0" &6#  #<60 0—
 Make or receive phone calls
 Make or receive FaceTime video calls
 Get visual voicemail
 Send or receive email
 Browse the Internet
 Sync your contacts, calendars, or bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe or
Microsoft Exchange
 Send or receive text or MMS messages
 Stream YouTube videos
 Get stock quotes
 Get map locations
 Get weather reports
 Use the iTunes Store or the App Store
 Use Game Center
193
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and regulations, you can
continue to use iPhone to:
 Listen to music and watch videos
 Listen to visual voicemail previously received
 Check your calendar
 Take or view photos or video (iPhone 4 or later)
 Hear alarms
 Use the stopwatch or timer
 Use the calculator
 Take notes
 Record voice memos
 Use Compass
 Read text messages and email messages stored on iPhone
If Wi-Fi is available and allowed by the aircraft operator and applicable laws and
regulations, you can turn Wi-Fi back on and:
 Make or receive FaceTime video calls
 Send and receive email
 Browse the Internet
 Sync your contacts, calendars, and bookmarks (MobileMe only) with MobileMe and
Microsoft Exchange
 Stream YouTube videos
 Get stock quotes
 Get map locations
 Get weather reports
 Use the iTunes Store or the App Store
 Use Game Center
You may also be allowed to turn on Bluetooth and use Bluetooth devices with iPhone.
Wi-Fi
Wi-Fi settings determine whether iPhone uses local Wi-Fi networks to connect to the
? <?K] #  '  0% 6' K]$%&
connects to the Internet via your cellular data network, when available.
52.))/./2/? #K]  K] $<
Join a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, wait a moment as iPhone detects networks in
range, then select a network. If necessary, enter a password and tap Join (networks
that require a password appear with a lock icon).
194
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Once you join a Wi-Fi network manually, iPhone automatically joins it whenever the
network is in range. If more than one previously used network is in range, iPhone joins
the one last used.
When iPhone is joined to a Wi-Fi network, the Wi-Fi
icon in the status bar at the top
of the screen shows signal strength. The more bars you see, the stronger the signal.
Set iPhone to ask if you want to join a new network: Choose Wi-Fi and turn “Ask to
“ #} $<
When you’re trying to access the Internet, by using Safari or Mail for example, and you
aren’t in range of a Wi-Fi network you‘ve previously used, this option tells iPhone to
look for another network. iPhone displays a list of all available Wi-Fi networks that you
can choose from. (Networks that require a password appear with a lock icon.) If “Ask
“ #}# $%"#"  1    
Internet when a previously used network or a cellular data network isn’t available.
Forget a network, so iPhone doesn’t join it: Choose Wi-Fi and tap
network you’ve joined before. Then tap “Forget this Network.”
next to a
Join a closed Wi-Fi network: To join a Wi-Fi network that isn’t shown in the list of
scanned networks, choose Wi-Fi > Other, then enter the network name. If the network
requires a password, tap Security, tap the type of security the network uses, and enter
the password.
You must already know the network name, password, and security type to connect to
a closed network.
Some Wi-Fi networks may require you to enter or adjust additional settings, such as a
client ID or static IP address. Ask the network administrator which settings to use.
Adjust settings for connecting to a Wi-Fi network: Choose Wi-Fi, then tap
a network.
next to
VPN
##  # '‚&  &%  
‚& $<{Network” on page 198.
Personal Hotspot
On a CDMA model, Personal Hotspot settings are available at the top level of Settings,
and at General > Network settings. See “Network” on page 198.
 
This setting appears when you open an application (such as Game Center) that uses
*&# # ' <
Chapter 25 Settings
195
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
&# #   " %' #6 <
 #' 0 %0"  _ #  #%  "0 0 
on the app icon on the Home screen.
   #$6 0%  
conserve battery life.
52.!,,./4)=#!4)/.3/./2/?   #%  # $<
52.3/5.$3!,%243/2"!$'%3/./2/?&/2!.!00   #% #  
 "#% ##    $<
Carrier
This setting appears when you’re outside of your carrier’s network and other local
carrier data networks are available to use for your phone calls, visual voicemail, and
cellular network Internet connections. You can make calls only on carriers that have
roaming agreements with your carrier. Additional fees may apply. Roaming charges
may be billed to you by the carrier of the selected network, through your carrier.
For information about out-of-network coverage and how to enable roaming, contact
your carrier or go to your carrier’s website.
Select a carrier: Choose Carrier and select the network you want to use.
Once you select a network, iPhone uses only that network. If the network is
unavailable, “No service” appears on the iPhone screen and you can’t make or receive
calls or visual voicemail, or connect to the Internet via cellular data network. Set
Network Settings to Automatic to have iPhone select a network for you.
Sounds and the Ring/Silent Switch
Switch between ring and silent mode: Flip the Ring/Silent switch on the side of
iPhone.
##%&#6   %  % $ ###<?#%
however, play alarms set using Clock.
Note: ?#"  #  #%#$ #  "  ‚ ƒ"# 
played even if the Ring/Silent switch is set to silent.
Set whether iPhone vibrates when you get a call: Choose Sounds. To set whether
iPhone vibrates in silent mode, turn Vibrate under Silent  $< # 
iPhone vibrates in ring mode, turn Vibrate under Ring  $<
196
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Adjust the ringer and alerts volume: Choose Sounds and drag the slider. Or, if
“Change with Buttons” is turned on, use the volume buttons on the side of iPhone. The
volume buttons don’t change the ringer and alerts volume if a song or video is playing
or if you’re on a call.
Allow the volume buttons to change the ringer or alerts volume: Choose Sounds
and turn on “Change with Buttons.”
Set the ringtone: Choose Sounds > Ringtone.
%44(%!,%24!.$%?%#433/5.$3 ##  "# $ 
<;# ## %& ###   # $ #
that are turned on.
You can set iPhone to play a sound whenever you:
 Get a call
 Get a text message
 Get a voicemail message
 Get an email message
 Send an email message
 Have an appointment that you’ve set to alert you
 Lock iPhone
 Type using the keyboard
Brightness
 0 ## $ #0  <"# _"0 
need to recharge iPhone, or use Auto-Brightness.
Adjust the screen brightness: Choose Brightness and drag the slider.
Set whether iPhone adjusts screen brightness automatically: Choose Brightness
 *K€ ## $<?*K€ ###%& 1### 
brightness for current light conditions using the built-in ambient light sensor.
Wallpaper
Wallpaper settings let you set an image or photo as wallpaper for the Lock screen.
On iPhone 3GS or later, you can also set wallpaper for your Home screen. See “Adding
Wallpaper” on page 36.
General
General settings include network, sharing, security, and other iOS settings. You can also
 "  0 &%  #' #&##<
Chapter 25 Settings
197
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
About
Choose General > About to get information about iPhone, including:
 Name of your phone network
 Number of songs, videos, photos, and apps
 Total storage capacity
 Space available
 Software version
 Carrier
 Model and serial numbers
 Wi-Fi and Bluetooth addresses
 GSM Models: IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) and ICCID (Integrated
  ? % "  †
 CDMA Model:ƒ‡?‹ƒ0‡Š"? †
 ƒ" " ' #   #"
 Legal information
 Regulatory information
Usage
Show battery percentage (iPhone 3GS or later): Choose General > Usage and turn
Battery Percentage on.
See your usage statistics: Choose General > Usage. There, you can see:
 Usage—Amount of time iPhone has been awake and in use since the last full
charge. iPhone is awake whenever you’re using it—including making or receiving
phone calls, using email, sending or receiving text messages, listening to music,
browsing the web, or using any other iPhone features. iPhone is also awake while
performing background tasks, such as fetching email messages.
 Standby—Amount of time iPhone has been powered on since its last full charge,
including the time iPhone has been asleep.
 Current period call time and lifetime call time.
 Amount of data sent and received over the cellular data network.
Reset your usage statistics: Choose General > Usage, then tap Reset Statistics to clear
the data and cumulative time statistics. The statistics for the amount of time iPhone
has been unlocked and in standby mode aren’t reset.
Network
# ##   ‚&‹'   '  †  %
K]##%     " $<
198
Chapter 25 Settings
##
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52. /./2/? (GSM models only.) Choose General > Network, then tap to turn 3G
 $<
Using 3G loads Internet data faster in some cases, but may decrease battery
  "  <?6 "   #%"   ‰$
extend battery performance.
52. %,,5,!2!4!/./2/? Choose General > Network, then turn Cellular Data on or
$<
?   # $%60 0 ##? ##1 
Wi-Fi network. By default, Cellular Data is turned on.
52.!4!/!-).'/./2/? Choose General > Network, then turn Data Roaming on
 $<
Data Roaming turns on Internet and visual voicemail access over a cellular data
network when you’re in an area not covered by your carrier’s network. For example,
6  '%  $   " '   "
 #<€ %   "# $<
52..4%2.%4%4(%2).'/./2/? (GSM models only.) Choose General > Network >
?   % ?    $<
See “Sharing an Internet Connection” on page 24.
52.%23/.!,/430/4/./2/? (CDMA model only.) Choose General > Network >
& # !#% & # !# $<
See “Sharing an Internet Connection” on page 24.
$$!.%7#/.='52!4)/. Choose General > Network > VPN > Add VPN
 <
VPNs used within organizations allow you to communicate private information
#  '  K '  <"   ‚&% _ "%
access your work email on iPhone.
iPhone can connect to VPNs that use the L2TP, PPTP, or Cisco IPSec protocols. VPN
works over both Wi-Fi and cellular data network connections.
Ask your network administrator which settings to use. In most cases, if you’ve set up
VPN on your computer, you can use the same VPN settings for iPhone.
Once you enter VPN settings, a VPN switch appears in the Settings menu that you can
# ‚& $<
‚&"  #0 "  #0    <{Connecting to
the Internet” on page 22.
(!.'%!#/.='52!4)/. Choose General > Network > VPN and tap the
   <
52././2/? #‚&%  ‚& $<
Chapter 25 Settings
199
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
%,%4%!#/.='52!4)/. Choose General > Network > VPN, tap the blue
_   "% ‚& 0"
 # <
Bluetooth
iPhone can connect wirelessly to Bluetooth devices such as headsets, headphones, and
car kits for music listening and hands-free talking. See “Using a Bluetooth Device for
Calls” on page 71.
  #  * ##0 ' €<{Using an Apple
 ##0 ” on page 44.
52. ,5%4//4(/./2/? # ’€  € $<
Location Services
Location services lets apps such as Maps, Camera, Compass, and third-party locationbased apps gather and use data indicating your location. The location data collected
0*#    "  # #<   _" 
location is determined using available information from cellular network data, local
Wi-Fi networks (if you have Wi-Fi turned on), and GPS (may not be available in all
locations).
When an app is using location services,
appears in the status bar.
Every app that uses location services appears in the Location Services settings screen,
#  # ' ##  $   < appears for each
app that has requested your location within the last 24 hours. You can turn location
# ' #$ #"    #%6 ##  <? 
 # ' #$%6  "   _"   #
use this feature.
52.,/#!4)/.3%26)#%3/./2/?&/2!,,!003 Choose General > Location Services and
  # ' # $<
52.,/#!4)/.3%26)#%3/./2/?&/23/-%!003    # ' # $ 
individual apps.
If you have third-party apps on iPhone that use location services, review the third
party’s terms and privacy policy to understand how that app uses your location data.
 # '0  %  # ' #$6 #<
Home Button
Home Button settings (iPhone 3G only) let you specify what happens when you
double-click the Home button. The “Spotlight Search” settings, described below, are
also available under Home Button on iPhone 3G.
200
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set the action performed when you double-click the Home button: Choose General
> Home Button and set the action. You can set double-clicking the Home button to go
to:
 Home screen
 Search screen
 Phone Favorites
 Camera app
 iPod app
Set whether double-clicking the Home button shows iPod controls when playing
music: Choose General > Home Button, then tap the switch to turn iPod controls on
 $< #  ' #  0K  !"0%  #
'# # $ &# <
Spotlight Search
The Spotlight Search setting lets you specify the content areas searched by Search,
and rearrange the order of the results.
Set which content areas are searched by Search:
1 Choose General > Spotlight Search (on iPhone 3G, choose General > Home > Spotlight
Search).
2 Tap an item to select or deselect it.
All search categories are selected by default.
Set the order of search result categories:
1 Choose General > Spotlight Search (on iPhone 3G, choose General > Home > Spotlight
Search).
2 Touch
next to an item, then drag up or down.
Auto-Lock
 & #$# # ' 0    '
operation of iPhone. You can still receive calls and text messages, and you can adjust
the volume and use the mic button on the iPhone earphones when listening to music
or on a call.
Set the amount of time before iPhone locks: Choose General > Auto-Lock, then
choose a time.
Passcode Lock
By default, iPhone doesn’t require you to enter a passcode to unlock it.
On iPhone 3GS or later, setting a passcode enables data protection. See “Security
Features” on page 53.
Chapter 25 Settings
201
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Important: On iPhone 3GS, you must also restore iOS software to enable data
protection. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 255.
Set a passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock and enter a 4-digit passcode, then
enter the passcode again to verify it. iPhone then requires you to enter the passcode
to unlock it or to display the passcode lock settings.
52.0!33#/$%,/#+/? Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and
   & ## 8$%   ##   <
Change the passcode: Choose General > Passcode Lock, enter your passcode, and
tap Change Passcode. Enter your passcode again, then enter and reenter your new
passcode.
If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software. See “Updating and
Restoring iPhone Software” on page 255.
Set how long before your passcode is required: Choose General > Passcode Lock and
enter your passcode. Tap Require Passcode, then select how long iPhone can be locked
before you need to enter a passcode to unlock it.
52.)-0,%!33#/$%/./2/? Choose General > Passcode Lock, then turn Simple
& ##  $<
*#" ## #  K"0 <   ##  % $"& ## 
and use a longer passcode with a combination of numbers, letters, punctuation, and
special characters.
52./)#%)!,/./2/?)(/.% /2,!4%2 Choose General > Passcode Lock, then
 ‚   $<
Erase data after ten failed passcode attempts: Choose General > Passcode Lock,
enter your passcode, and tap Erase Data to turn it on.
After ten failed passcode attempts, your settings are reset to their defaults and all your
information and media are erased:
 On iPhone 3GS or later: by removing the encryption key to the data (which is
encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption)
 On iPhone 3G: by overwriting the data
Important: You can’t use iPhone while data is being overwritten. This can take up to
two hours or more, depending on the model and storage capacity of your iPhone. (On
iPhone 3GS or later, the encryption key is removed immediately.)
Restrictions
You can set restrictions for the use of some apps and for iPod content on iPhone. For
_ "% #  #  _ "#  "0# ##%  $
YouTube access entirely.
Turn on restrictions:
1 Choose General > Restrictions, then tap Enable Restrictions.
202
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2 Enter a four-digit passcode.
3 Reenter the passcode.
52./?2%342)#4)/.3 Choose General > Restrictions, then enter the passcode. Tap
Disable Restrictions, then reenter the passcode.
Important: If you forget your passcode, you must restore the iPhone software from
iTunes. See “Updating and Restoring iPhone Software” on page 255.
Set app restrictions: Set the restrictions you want by tapping individual controls on or
$<€ %   # ‹ #  †<  " $  #  
its use.
Safari
Safari is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot use
Safari to browse the web or access web clips. Other third-party apps may allow web
browsing even if Safari is disabled.
YouTube is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen.
YouTube
Camera is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot take
photos.
Camera
You cannot make or receive FaceTime video calls (iPhone 4 only).
FaceTime
The iTunes Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot
preview, purchase, or download content.
iTunes
The App Store is disabled and its icon is removed from the Home screen. You cannot
install apps on iPhone.
Installing
Apps
You cannot delete apps from iPhone.
customizing the Home screen.
doesn’t appear on app icons when you’re
Deleting
Apps
The current Location Services settings and the Find My iPhone setting (in MobileMe
accounts in ”Mail, Contacts, Calendars”) are locked and cannot be changed.
Location
The current Mail, Contacts, Calendar settings are locked and you cannot add, modify, or
delete accounts.
Accounts
Chapter 25 Settings
203
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Restrict purchases within apps:  $?K*&  ##< 0%#  
allows you to purchase additional content or functionality within apps downloaded
from the App Store.
Set content restrictions: Tap Ratings For, then select a country from the list. You can
then set restrictions using that country’s ratings system for the following categories of
content:
 Music & Podcasts
 Movies
 TV Shows
 Apps
In the United States for example, to allow only movies rated PG or below, tap Movies,
then select PG from the list.
Content that you restrict won’t appear on iPhone.
Note: Not all countries or regions have rating systems.
Restrict multiplayer games:  $ƒ   "#<
ƒ   "## $% 6 Š# "  %#   '
invitations to play games, or add friends in Game Center.
Restrict adding friends:  $*] #<
*] ##$% 6"    '  Š## " <
If Multiplayer Games is turned on, you can continue to play with existing friends.
Date and Time
These settings apply to the time shown in the status bar at the top of the screen, and
in world clocks and calendars.
Set whether iPhone shows 24-hour time or 12-hour time: Choose General > Date
² "% –¡K!  " $<‹–¡K!  "" 0 '  0 
countries or regions.)
Set whether iPhone updates the date and time automatically: Choose General >
 ² "% *"   $<
If iPhone is set to update the time automatically, it gets the correct time over the
cellular network and updates it for the time zone you’re in.
Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re traveling, iPhone
may not be able to automatically set the local time.
Set the date and time manually: Choose General > Date & Time, then turn Set
*"  $<  "   " " 1   "X<
Tap the “Date & Time” button, then tap “Set Date & Time” and enter the date and time.
204
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Keyboard
52.!54/#!0)4!,):!4)/././2/? # ’0   *K
  X  $<
By default, iPhone capitalizes words after you type sentence-ending punctuation or a
return character.
52.!54/#/22%#4)/././2/? # ’0   *K  
 $<
Normally, if the default keyboard for the language you select has a dictionary, iPhone
suggests corrections or completed words as you type.
52.30%,,#(%#+).'/./2/? # ’0    
 $<
Spell checking underlines misspelled words in text you type. Tap the underlined word
to see suggested corrections. Spell checking is on by default.
Set whether caps lock is enabled: # ’0   ‡ 0 #
  $<
If caps lock is enabled and you double-tap the Shift key on the keyboard, all letters
you type are uppercase. The Shift key turns blue when caps lock is on.
52.4(%;<3(/24#54/./2/? # ’0   {<}   
$<
The “.” shortcut lets you double-tap the space bar to enter a period followed by a space
when you’re typing. It’s on by default.
Add international keyboards:
1 # ’0 ’?   0 #<
The number of active keyboards appears before the right arrow.
2
{*0 ¨%} # 0 <
You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international
keyboards, see “?   0 #” on page 40.
Edit your keyboard list: # ’0 ’?   0 #%
tap Edit and do one of the following:
 To delete a keyboard, tap
 To reorder the list, drag
, then tap Delete.
next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Change a keyboard’s layout: ?#% # ’0 ’?   
0 # #  0 < " # # # 0K
screen software and external hardware keyboards for each language.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on
the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the layout of an Apple
 ##0   &<
Chapter 25 Settings
205
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
The Edit User Dictionary setting appears when you have any of the following
keyboards turned on:
 #K"‹&†
 Chinese - Traditional (Pinyin)
 Chinese - Traditional (Zhuyin)
 Japanese (Romaji)
 “  #‹ †
Add a word to the dictionary: ?#% # ’0 ’‡# 
  < œ%     % "%&% 
  <
You can have multiple inputs for each word, depending on the keyboards that are
turned on.
See “?   0 #” on page 40.
International
#?   ###   &% 0 # $ 
  # $% # %"% "0  " #  
country or region.
Set the language for iPhone: Choose General > International > Language, choose the
language you want to use, then tap Done.
Set the Voice Control language for iPhone: Choose General > International > Voice
Control, then choose the language you want to use (iPhone 3GS or later).
Add international keyboards:
1 # ’?   ’0 #<
The number of active keyboards appears next to the right arrow.
2
{*0 ¨%} # 0 <
You can add as many keyboards as you want. To learn about using international
keyboards, see “?   0 #” on page 40.
Edit your keyboard list: # ’?   ’0 #% ‡
and do one of the following:
 To delete a keyboard, tap
 To reorder the list, drag
, then tap Delete.
next to a keyboard to a new place in the list.
Change a keyboard layout: ?#% # ’?   ’0 #
and select a keyboard. You can make separate selections for both the on-screen
software and external hardware keyboards for each language.
The software keyboard layout determines the layout of the keyboard that appears on
the iPhone screen. The hardware keyboard layout determines the virtual layout of an
* ##0   &<
206
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set the date, time, and telephone number formats: Choose General > International >
Region Format, and choose your region.
The Region Format also determines the language used for the days and months that
appear in native iPhone apps.
Set the calendar format: Choose General > International > Calendar, and choose the
format.
Accessibility
To turn on accessibility features (iPhone 3GS or later), choose Accessibility and choose
the features you want. See Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 235.
2/=,%3
##  ##  "  #&< & ##
 "  0 #6'# <
Resetting iPhone
Reset all settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset All Settings.
All your preferences and settings are reset. Information (such as contacts and
 #† " ‹#  ### '#† 6 $ <
Erase all content and settings: Connect iPhone to your computer or a power adapter.
Choose General > Reset and tap “Erase All Content and Settings.”
This resets all settings to their defaults and erases all your information and media:
 On iPhone 3GS or later: by removing the encryption key to the data (which is
encrypted using 256-bit AES encryption)
 On iPhone 3G: by overwriting the data
Important: You can’t use iPhone while data is being overwritten. This can take up to
two hours or more, depending on the model and storage capacity of your iPhone. (On
iPhone 3GS or later, the encryption key is removed immediately.)
Reset network settings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Network Settings.
When you reset network settings, your list of previously used networks and VPN
### 0      "'<K]# $ 
then back on, disconnecting you from any network you’re on. The Wi-Fi and “Ask to
Join Networks” settings are left turned on.
 "'‚&### 0    % ##’ 
’& %#    "'<
Reset the keyboard dictionary: # ’#  #0 
Dictionary.
You add words to the keyboard dictionary by rejecting words iPhone suggests as you
type. Tap a word to reject the correction and add the word to the keyboard dictionary.
Resetting the keyboard dictionary erases all words you’ve added.
Chapter 25 Settings
207
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Reset the Home screen layout: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Home Screen
Layout.
Reset location warnings: Choose General > Reset and tap Reset Location Warnings.
Location warnings are requests made by apps (such as Camera, Compass, and Maps)
# # ' #<& ##       #"
the app makes a request to use location services. If you tap Cancel in response to the
request, the request isn’t presented again. To reset the location warnings so that you
get a request for each app again, tap Reset Location Warnings.
Mail, Contacts, Calendars
#ƒ % #%  #### #  #  
services (such as mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, and notes) for iPhone:
 Microsoft Exchange (mail, contacts, and calendars)

 MobileMe (mail, contacts, calendars, bookmarks, notes, and Find My iPhone)
 Google (mail, calendars, and notes)
 Yahoo! (mail, calendars, and notes)
 AOL (mail and notes)
 Other POP and IMAP mail systems
 LDAP or CardDAV accounts for Contacts
 CalDAV or iCalendar (.ics) accounts for Calendars
Accounts
* ## ## #&< #  ## 
appear depend on the type of account you’re setting up. Your service provider or
system administrator should be able to provide the information you need to enter.
For more information, see:
 “Adding Mail, Contacts, and Calendar Accounts” on page 25
 “Adding Contacts” on page 219
 “Subscribing to Calendars” on page 120
Change an account’s settings: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account,
then make the changes you want.
Changes you make to an account’s settings on iPhone are not synced to your
" %#     # & $ 
the account settings on your computer.
Stop using an account service: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account,
   # ' ‹#  #ƒ %  #% #†$<
208
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
?  # ' #$%&#6#  #  "  
account service until you turn it back on.
Adjust advanced settings: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an account,
then do one of the following:
 To set whether drafts, sent messages, and deleted messages are stored on iPhone or
remotely on your email server (IMAP accounts only), tap Advanced and choose Drafts
Mailbox, Sent Mailbox, or Deleted Mailbox.
If you store messages on iPhone, you can see them even when iPhone isn’t
connected to the Internet.
 To set how long before messages are removed permanently from Mail on iPhone, tap
Advanced and tap Remove, then choose a time: Never, or after one day, one week, or
one month.
 To adjust email server settings, tap Host Name, User Name, or Password under
Incoming Mail Server or Outgoing Mail Server. Ask your network administrator or
Internet service provider for the correct settings.
 To adjust SSL and password settings, tap Advanced. Ask your network administrator or
Internet service provider for the correct settings.
Delete an account from iPhone: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” choose an
account, then scroll down and tap Delete Account.
Deleting an account means you can no longer access the account with your iPhone.
All email and the contacts, calendar, and bookmark information synced with the
account are removed from iPhone. However, deleting an account doesn’t remove the
account or its associated information from your computer.
Fetch New Data
### &# $ ƒ0ƒ%ƒ #‡_  % ¢%
and any other push accounts on iPhone. Push accounts deliver new information to
iPhone whenever new information appears on the server (some delays may occur).
"  &#$##' "    " % 
to conserve battery life.
&##$%  # 6# #%   #0
fetched—that is, iPhone can check with the server and see if new information is
available. Use the Fetch New Data setting to determine how often data is requested.
For optimal battery life, don’t fetch too often.
Turn Push on: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data, then tap to turn
Push on.
Set the interval to fetch data: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Fetch New Data,
then choose how often you want to fetch data for all accounts.
To conserve battery life, fetch less frequently.
Chapter 25 Settings
209
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Setting Push to OFF (or setting Fetch to Manually on the Fetch New Data screen)
overrides individual account settings.
Mail
Mail settings, except where noted, apply to all accounts you’ve set up on iPhone.
   ###  #"  $%####<
Set the number of messages shown on iPhone: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” >
Show, then choose a setting.
Choose to see the most recent 25, 50, 75, 100, or 200 messages. To download additional
messages when you’re in Mail, scroll to the bottom of your inbox and tap Load More
Messages.
Note: For Microsoft Exchange accounts, choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” and choose
the Exchange account. Tap “Mail days to sync” and choose the number of days of mail
you want to sync with the server.
Set how many lines of each message are shown in the message list: Choose “Mail,
Contacts, Calendars” > Preview, then choose a setting.
  ##'# "## <   % #  #
messages in a mailbox and get an idea of what each message is about.
Set a minimum font size for messages: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Minimum
Font Size, then choose Small, Medium, Large, Extra Large, or Giant.
Set whether iPhone shows To and Cc labels in message lists: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
  #%}  ;  0 $<
If Show To/Cc Label is on, or
next to each message in a list indicates whether
the message was sent directly to you or you received a copy.
%47(%4(%2)(/.%#/.=2-34(!49/57!.44/$%,%4%!-%33!'% Choose “Mail,
 #%  #} %ƒ ##% *#€  $<
Set whether iPhone automatically loads remote images: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
  #%}  "?" # $<
Set whether mail messages are organized by thread: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
  #%} 8  X€    $<
Set whether iPhone sends you a copy of every message you send: Choose “Mail,
 #%  #%} * #€ ƒ# $<
Add a signature to your messages: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Signature,
then type a signature.
You can set iPhone to add a signature—your favorite quote, or your name, title, and
phone number, for example—to the bottom of every message you send.
Set the default email account: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Default Account,
then choose an account.
210
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
This setting determines which of your accounts an email message is sent from when
you create a message from another iPhone app—for example, when you send a photo
from Photos or tap the email address of a business in Maps. To send the message from
$  % ] ""##   #   <
Contacts
Set how contacts are sorted: Choose “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then under Contacts
tap Sort Order and do one of the following:

 $ $tap First, Last.

   $tap Last, First.
Set how contacts are displayed: Choose “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then under
Contacts tap Display Order and do one of the following:

$ $tap First, Last.

  $tap Last, First.
Import contacts from a SIM card (GSM models only): Choose “Mail, Contacts,
Calendars,” then tap Import SIM Contacts.
The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If you have Contacts
enabled for MobileMe, Microsoft Exchange, or a CardDAV account, you’re asked to
choose which account you want to add the SIM contacts to.
Calendars
Set alerts to sound when you receive a meeting invitation: Choose “Mail, Contacts,
Calendars,” and under Calendar, tap “New Invitation Alerts” to turn it on.
Set how far back in the past to show your calendar events on iPhone: Choose “Mail,
Contacts, Calendars” > Sync, then choose a period of time.
Turn on Calendar time zone support: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars” > Time Zone
Support, then turn Time Zone Support on. Select a time zone for calendars by tapping
Time Zone and entering the name of a major city.
When Time Zone Support is on, Calendar displays event dates and times in the time
X # < " #$%  # #'#
in the time zone of your current location as determined by the network time.
Set a default calendar: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” and under Calendar, tap
Default Calendar to choose the default calendar for new events. This setting appears
when more than one calendar is synced to iPhone.
Important: Some carriers don’t support network time in all locations. If you’re traveling,
iPhone may not display events or sound alerts at the correct local time. To manually
set the correct time, see “Date and Time” on page 204.
Chapter 25 Settings
211
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Notes
The Default Account setting appears when you set up more than one account that
syncs notes.
Set which account a new note is assigned to: Choose “Mail, Contacts, Calendars,” and
under Notes, tap Default Account and choose an account.
Phone
#&##   " #%    $%   
password, and other things. Some settings are available only on GSM models, as noted.
Additional fees may apply. Contact your carrier for pricing and availability.
FaceTime
The FaceTime setting appears on iPhone 4 only.
Activate or deactivate FaceTime:  ]  " $<?]  "#% 
phone number will be shared with people you call.
Call Forwarding
Set iPhone to forward your calls (GSM models only):
1 Choose Phone > Call Forwarding and turn Call Forwarding on.
2 On the “Forward to” screen, enter the phone number you want calls forwarded to.
FaceTime calls are not forwarded.
For more information about call forwarding, including how to forward calls on a CDMA
model, see “Call Forwarding” on page 74.
Call Waiting
Activate or deactivate call waiting: (GSM models only.) Choose Phone > Call Waiting,
    $<?   $ #" #
when you’re already on the phone, the call goes to voicemail.
For more information about call waiting, including how to activate or deactivate call
waiting on a CDMA model, see “Call Waiting” on page 75.
Show My Caller ID
Show or hide your caller ID: (GSM models only.) Choose Phone > Show My Caller ID,
 ƒ  ? $<
For more information about caller ID, including how to show or hide your caller ID on a
CDMA model, see “Caller ID” on page 75.
212
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine
In some countries or regions, Teletype (TTY) machines are used by deaf or hearingimpaired people to communicate by typing and reading text. You can use iPhone
with a TTY machine if you have the iPhone TTY Adapter cable, available for purchase
separately in many countries. Go to www.apple.com/store (may not be available in all
countries or regions) or check with your local Apple retailer.
Connect iPhone to a TTY machine: Choose Phone, then turn TTY on. Then connect
iPhone to your TTY machine using the iPhone TTY Adapter.
For information about using a TTY machine, see the documentation that came with
the machine.
For information about other accessibility features of iPhone, see
Chapter 29, “Accessibility,” on page 235.
Calling from Abroad
%4)(/.%4/!$$4(%#/22%#402%=87(%.$)!,).'&2/-!./4(%2#/5.429 In Settings,
tap Phone, then turn International Assist on. This lets you make calls to your home
country using the numbers in your contacts and favorites lists, without having to add a
 _     <?   *### # <<"0 #<
For more information, see “Using iPhone Abroad” on page 77.
Changing Your Voicemail Password
A voicemail password helps prevent others from access your voicemail. You need to
enter the password only when you’re calling in to get your messages from another
phone. You won’t need to enter the password when using voicemail on iPhone.
Change your voicemail password: Choose Phone > Change Voicemail Password.
Locking Your SIM Card
You can lock your SIM card (GSM models only), so it can’t be used without a Personal
? "0 ‹&?†<"# &? " &$ 
turn it back on again. Some carriers require a SIM PIN in order to use iPhone.
Important: If you enter the PIN incorrectly three times, you may need to enter a
& #  ‹&† 0 ?ƒ   < ?ƒ 
documentation or contact your carrier. Some cellular networks may not accept an
emergency call from iPhone if the SIM card is locked.
52.4(%/./2/?
1 #&’?ƒ&?% ?ƒ&? $<
2 ‡  &?  "<#&? ##0 
PIN.
 %  
 6# 
Change the PIN for your SIM card:
1 Choose Phone > SIM PIN.
Chapter 25 Settings
213
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2 Turn SIM PIN on, then tap Change PIN.
3 Enter your current PIN, then enter your new PIN.
4 ‡  &?    "% <
Accessing Your Carrier’s Services
Depending on your carrier, you may be able to access some of your carrier’s services
directly from iPhone. For example, you may be able to check your bill balance, call
directory assistance, or view how many minutes you have left.
Access your carrier’s services: Choose Phone. Then scroll down and tap the button for
your carrier’s services.
When you request information such as your bill balance, your carrier may provide the
 "  _"## <  
      #
for these services.
Safari
Safari settings let you select your Internet search engine, set security options, and for
developers, turn on debugging.
General
Select a search engine: Choose Safari > Search Engine and select the search engine
you want to use.
 #   "  0 "##   " % "#
and passwords you previously entered, or both.
Enable AutoFill: Choose Safari > AutoFill, then do one of the following:
 To use information from contacts, turn Use Contact Info on, then choose My Info and
select the contact you want to use.
  ## "  " #  #0 "#<
 To use information from names and passwords, turn Names & Passwords on.
When this feature is on, Safari remembers names and passwords of websites you
'#  "  # "  '#0#<
 To remove all AutoFill information, tap Clear All.
Security
By default, Safari is set to show features of the web, such as some movies, animation,
and web apps. You may wish to change security settings to help protect iPhone from
possible security risks on the Internet.
Change security settings: Choose Safari, then do one of the following:
 To be warned when visiting potentially fraudulent websites, turn Fraud Warning on.
214
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Fraud warning protects you from potentially fraudulent Internet sites. When you
visit a suspicious site, Safari warns you about its suspect nature and doesn’t load the
page.
 To enable or disable JavaScript,  “ '   $<
JavaScript lets web programmers control elements of the page—for example, a
page that uses JavaScript might display the current date and time or cause a linked
page to appear in a pop-up.
 To block or allow pop-ups,  € &K# $<€ K###
pop-ups that appear when you close a page or open a page by typing its address. It
doesn’t block pop-ups that open when you tap a link.
 To set whether Safari accepts cookies, tap Accept Cookies and choose Never, “From
visited,” or Always.
A cookie is a piece of information that a website puts on iPhone so the website can
remember you when you visit again. That way, webpages can be customized for you
based on information you may have provided.
Some pages won’t work correctly unless iPhone is set to accept cookies.
 To clear a database, tap Databases, then tap Edit. Tap
next to a database, then tap
Delete.
Some web apps use databases to store app information on iPhone.
 To clear the history of webpages you’ve visited, tap Clear History.
 To clear all cookies from Safari, tap Clear Cookies.
 To clear the browser cache, tap Clear Cache.
The browser cache stores the content of pages so the pages open faster the next
time you visit them. If a page you open doesn’t show new content, clearing the
cache may help.
Developer
The debug console can help you resolve webpage errors. If it’s turned on, the console
appears when a webpage error occurs.
52.4(%$%"5'#/.3/,%/./2/? Choose Safari > Developer, and turn Debug
# $<
Messages
Use Messages settings to adjust settings for SMS and MMS messages.
Note: The MMS Messaging and Show Subject Field settings don’t appear if MMS isn’t
supported by your carrier.
Choose whether or not to see a preview of messages on the Home screen: Choose
ƒ## #  & ' $<
Chapter 25 Settings
215
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Choose whether or not to repeat message alerts: Choose Messages and turn Repeat
*  $<?  "##   %60  " "#<
52.-%33!').'/./2/? Choose Messages and turn MMS Messaging on or
$<?ƒƒ"## #$%60 0  'ƒƒ  "##  #
images or audio.
Group messaging (may not be available in all countries and regions) maintains the
thread of the group when sending texts to multiple recipients.
52.2/50%33!').'/./2/? Choose Messages and turn Group Messaging on or
$<
Show a subject line for messages you send or receive: Choose Messages and turn
Show Subject Field on.
Show a character count for messages you send or receive: Choose Messages and
turn Character Count on. The character count includes all characters—including
spaces, punctuation, and returns—and appears as you type when your message
exceeds two lines.
iPod
Use iPod Settings to adjust settings for music and video playback on your iPod.
Music
Music settings apply to songs, podcasts, and audiobooks.
52.(!+%4/(5A%/./2/? #&%  Ÿ $<
 Ÿ#% # &#Ÿ ""   
the currently playing song.
Set iTunes to play songs at the same sound level: In iTunes, choose iTunes >
Preferences if you’re using a Mac, or Edit > Preferences if you’re using a PC. Then click
Playback and select Sound Check.
Set iPhone to use the iTunes volume settings (Sound Check): Choose iPod and turn
Sound Check on.
Use the equalizer to customize the sound on iPhone: Choose iPod > EQ and choose
a setting.
Set a volume limit for music and videos: Choose iPod > Volume Limit and drag the
slider to adjust the maximum volume.
Tap Lock Volume Limit to assign a code to prevent the setting from being changed.
Setting a volume limit only limits the volume for music (including podcasts and
audiobooks) and videos (including rented movies and TV shows), and only when
headphones, earphones, or speakers are connected to the headset jack on iPhone.
216
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
WARNING: For important information about avoiding hearing loss, see the Important
Product Information Guide at www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Show song lyrics and podcast information: Choose iPod and turn Lyrics & Podcast
Info on.
Video
Video settings apply to video content, including rented movies and TV shows. You can
set where to resume playing videos that you previously started, turn closed captioning
 $% #& '#  ‚<
Set where to resume playing videos: Choose iPod > Start Playing, then select
whether you want videos that you previously started watching to resume playing from
0  $<
52.#,/3%$#!04)/.).'/./2/? #&  #  $<
Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning.
TV Out
Use these settings to control how iPhone plays videos on your TV.
52.7)$%3#2%%././2/? #&  #  $<
Set TV signal to NTSC or PAL: Choose iPod > TV Signal and select NTSC or PAL.
NTSC and PAL are TV broadcast standards. iPhone displays NTSC 480p/PAL 576p
when attached to a TV using a Component AV Cable, or NTSC 480i/PAL 576i using a
Composite AV Cable. Your TV might use NTSC or PAL, depending on where you bought
it. If you’re not sure which to use, check the documentation that came with your TV.
For more information about using iPhone to play videos on your TV, see “Watching
Videos on a TV” on page 107.
Photos
Slideshow
Use the Slideshow settings to specify how slideshows display your photos.
Set the length of time each slide is shown: Choose Photos > Play Each Slide For and
select the length of time.
%4!42!.3)4)/.%?%#4 #&#’
# #   #$ <
Set whether to repeat slideshows: #&#    $<
Set photos to appear randomly or in order: #&#  Ÿ $<
Chapter 25 Settings
217
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
HDR
The HDR setting (iPhone 4 only) lets you choose whether to save the normal-exposure
photo in addition to the HDR version of a photo when HDR is turned on. See “Taking
Photos and Recording Videos” on page 130.
Choose whether to save both the normal-exposure version and the HDR version
of photos: ?#% #&#%  " & $<?
##$%!' # ## '<
If you save both versions,
when the controls are visible.
appears in the upper-left corner of the HDR photo
Notes
Use Notes settings to change the font used to display your notes, and to set the
default account for notes you add on iPhone.
Change the font: Choose Notes, then select the font you want to use.
Set the default account for new notes: Choose Notes and tap Default Account. Then
select an account, or tap On My iPhone if you don’t want notes you add on iPhone to
be synced with an account.
Store
Use Store settings to change or create an Apple ID. By default, the Apple ID you’re
signed in to when you sync iPhone with your computer appears in Store settings. You
can change Apple IDs on iPhone to purchase music or apps using another Apple ID. If
you don’t have an Apple ID, you can create one in Store settings.
Sign in: Choose Store and tap Sign In, then enter your Apple ID and password.
View your account information: Choose Store and tap View Apple ID, then type your
password and follow the onscreen instructions.
)'.).53).'!$)?%2%.4 00,% Choose Store and tap Sign Out, then tap Sign In
and enter the Apple ID and password.
Create a new Apple ID: Choose Store and tap Create New Apple ID, then follow the
onscreen instructions.
Nike + iPod
Use Nike + iPod settings to activate and adjust settings for the Nike + iPod app
(iPhone 3GS or later). See Chapter 27, “Nike + iPod,” on page 225.
218
Chapter 25 Settings
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
26
Contacts
About Contacts
Contacts makes it easy to call, email, or text your friends and associates. You can add
contacts directly on iPhone, or sync contacts from applications on your computer.
If you have a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account with Contacts enabled, or
a supported CardDAV account, you can sync your contacts over the air without
connecting iPhone to your computer.
You can open Contacts from the Home screen, or from the Phone app.
Adding Contacts
You can add contacts to iPhone in the following ways:
 In iTunes, sync contacts from Google or Yahoo!, or sync with applications on your
computer (see “iPhone Settings Panes in iTunes” on page 58)
 Set up a MobileMe or Microsoft Exchange account on iPhone, with Contacts
enabled (see “Setting Up MobileMe Accounts” on page 25 or “Setting Up Microsoft
Exchange Accounts” on page 26)
 ?#    ## ‡_  
% # 0‹
www.apple.com/iphone/business)
 Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account on iPhone
 Enter contacts directly on iPhone
 Import contacts from a SIM card
The number of contacts you can add is limited only by the amount of memory on
iPhone.
Set up an LDAP or CardDAV account:
1 In Settings, tap “Mail Contacts, Calendars,” then tap Add Account.
219
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
2 Tap Other, then tap Add LDAP Account or Add CardDAV Account.
3 Enter your account information and tap Next to verify the account.
4 Tap Save.
When you set up an LDAP account, you can view and search for contacts on your
company or organization’s LDAP server. The server appears as a new group in Contacts.
Since LDAP contacts aren’t downloaded to iPhone, you must have an Internet
 '"<  ##" "#   #   
settings and other requirements (such as VPN).
When you set up a CardDAV account, your account contacts are synced with iPhone
over the air. If it’s supported, you can also search for contacts on your company or
organization’s CardDAV server.
Import contacts from another phone’s SIM card: In Settings, tap “Mail, Contacts,
Calendars,” then tap Import SIM Contacts.
The contact information on the SIM card is imported to iPhone. If you have Contacts
enabled for both MobileMe and Microsoft Exchange, you’re asked to choose which
account you want to add the SIM contacts to.
Important: iPhone doesn’t store contacts on its SIM card.
Searching Contacts
 #  #% #%  "  "#   #&<? '
a Microsoft Exchange account set up on iPhone, you may also be able to search your
enterprise Global Address List (GAL) for contacts in your organization. If you have an
LDAP account set up on iPhone, you can search contacts on your organization’s LDAP
server. If you have a CardDAV account, you can search contacts synced to iPhone, or
searchable contacts on a supported CardDAV server.
 #  #% #%  "  "#<*##
contacts with matching information appear immediately.
%
Search contacts: ? #% #   #  # 
enter your search. (To scroll quickly to the top of the list, tap the status bar.)
Search a GAL: Tap Groups, tap Directories at the bottom of the list, then enter your
search.
You can’t edit GAL contacts or save them to iPhone.
Search an LDAP server: Tap Groups, tap the LDAP server name, then enter your
search.
You can’t edit LDAP contacts or save them to iPhone.
Search a CardDAV server: Tap Groups, tap the searchable CardDAV group at the
bottom of the list, then enter your search.
220
Chapter 26 Contacts
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
You can’t edit searchable CardDAV contacts from the server, but you can edit synced
CardDAV contacts on iPhone.
Contacts are included in searches from the Home screen. See “Searching” on page 47.
Managing Contacts on iPhone
Add a contact on iPhone: Tap Contacts and tap .
Delete a contact
In Contacts, choose a contact, than tap Edit. Scroll
down and tap Delete Contact.
Add a contact from the numeric keypad
 %  "0 % 
Tap Create New Contact and enter the caller’s
information, or tap “Add to Existing Contact” and
choose a contact.
Enter a pause in a number
, then tap Pause. One or more pauses
Tap
may be required by a phone system before
dialing an extension, for example. Pauses appear
as commas when the number is saved.
Enter a hard pause in a number
, then tap Wait. A
(CDMA model only.) Tap
hard pause appears as a semicolon when the
number is saved. When dialing, iPhone pauses
when it reaches the semicolon, waiting until you
tap the Dial button to continue.
Add a recent caller’s phone number to your
contacts
next to the number. Then
Tap Recents and tap
tap Create New Contact, or tap “Add to Existing
Contact” and choose a contact.
Edit contact information: Choose a contact, then tap Edit.
 Add information:] 0 <
 Add an address: Tap
Add New Address.
  $ # Tap
Add Field.
 Change the ringtone for the contact:  % #  <
#  # ###% # <
 Delete an item: Tap
, then tap Delete.
    0#0  0  # $ < 
create a custom label, scroll to the bottom of the list and tap Add Custom Label.
If you sync contacts from your computer and also over the air, you can link contacts to
  #%  <
Link a contact: In edit mode, tap
Link Contact, then choose a contact.
See “ #” on page 223.
Chapter 26 Contacts
221
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Assign a photo to a contact:
1 Tap Contacts, then choose a contact.
2 Tap Edit and tap Add Photo, or tap the existing photo.
3 Tap Take Photo and take a photo with the camera. Or tap Choose Existing Photo and
choose a photo.
4 Drag and scale the photo as desired.
5 Tap Use Photo (new photo) or Choose (existing photo).
Using Contact Information
You can use the information on a contact’s Info screen to:
 Call the contact
 Create an email message in Mail, addressed to the contact
 Open the contact’s home page in Safari
 Find the location of the contact’s address in Maps, and get directions
 Send a text message to the contact
 Share the contact information with others
 Add a phone number for the contact to your favorites list
 Make a FaceTime video call
Use a contact’s info screen: Tap Contacts and choose a contact. Then tap an item.
!,,
%.$!.%-!),
)2)33(%6%"2)3%
%%!-!0!.$
'%3$)1%#3)/.2
!+%!
!#%)-%
5)$%/#!,,
%.$!3%73-%22!'%
$$!0(/.%
.4-"%13/8/41
&!5/1)3%2,)23
A star next to a phone number means the number is in your favorites list. appears
on the FaceTime button if you’ve ever had a FaceTime call with the contact.
See your own phone number: Tap Contacts and scroll to the top of the list. (Not
available in all countries or regions.)
222
Chapter 26 Contacts
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
  
When you sync contacts with multiple accounts, you might have entries for the same
person in more than one account. To help keep redundant contacts from appearing
* ##&%  # "$  #  '# "
 #  # "#  #  # #$   (unless they
 '$ " "#†<'   %?
 # # <  #  * ##<
#  #      0"# % 
Linked Cards.
View contact information from a source account: Tap one of the source accounts.
Unlink a contact: Tap Edit, tap
Link a contact: Tap Edit, then tap
Chapter 26 Contacts
, then tap Unlink.
and choose a contact.
223
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
?  #$  #  # "#% "#' 
 #6  %0 "  # <  #
  "  #' %  
 "  % # # "]  <
  # 6" <##   %  
the source account remains separate and unchanged. If you change information
   %  #   #    
 "    _##<?  "    %  " 
is added to the contact in each source account.
Linked contact information also appears at the bottom of an individual contact’s Info
# 6#' #  #  ‹ #%* #
#†% ##?#     " 
other source accounts.
224
Chapter 26 Contacts
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Nike + iPod
27
Activating Nike + iPod
When turned on in Settings, the Nike + iPod app appears on the Home screen
(iPhone 3GS or later). With a Nike + iPod Sensor (sold separately), the Nike + iPod app
provides audible feedback on your speed, distance, time elapsed, and calories burned
during a run or walk. You can send your workout information to nikeplus.com, where
you can track your progress, set goals, and participate in challenges.
52.)+%)/$/./2/? In Settings, choose Nike + iPod and turn Nike + iPod on or
$<œ&# %#    #!"# <
See the Nike + iPod documentation for information about setting up and using
Nike + iPod.
225
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Linking a Sensor
 #"#   %6  " '  ## % 
automatically links the sensor with iPhone. You can also use Nike + iPod settings to link
a sensor with iPhone.
œ& ##   "< # $ ## %#œ
iPod settings to link the new sensor.
Link a sensor to iPhone:
1 Put the Nike + iPod sensor in your shoe.
2 In Settings on iPhone, choose Nike + iPod > Sensor.
3 Tap Link New, then walk around as instructed.
4 Tap Done when the sensor is linked.
Working Out with Nike + iPod
After activating Nike + iPod and inserting the Nike + iPod Sensor in your Nike+ ready
shoe, you can use Nike + iPod for your workouts.
Work out using Nike + iPod:
1 In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap Workouts, then choose a type of workout.
2 Depending on the workout, you may need to set a time, distance, or calorie goal.
3 Choose a playlist or other audio selection, then start your workout.
4 #  % ‡ <
To turn on spoken feedback or set other options, see “Nike + iPod Settings” on
page 227.
Sending Workouts to Nikeplus.com
 #"  & #    %6  # 
to automatically send your workouts to Nike+ when you sync iPhone. Click Send to
send your current workout to nikeplus.com and set iTunes to automatically send future
workouts when you sync iPhone with iTunes.
If you click Don’t Send, you can set iTunes to do this later.
Set iTunes to automatically send workouts to nikeplus.com when you sync iPhone
with iTunes:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
Make sure your computer is connected to the Internet.
2 In iTunes, click Nike + iPod at the top of the screen, then select “Automatically send
workout data to nikeplus.com.”
226
Chapter 27 Nike + iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
3 Click “Visit nikeplus.com” or click Visit in the dialog that appears.
4 Click Save Your Runs and log in, or register if you haven’t already done so.
Send workout data wirelessly to nikeplus.com from iPhone:
1 In Nike + iPod on iPhone, tap History.
Make sure iPhone is connected to the Internet.
2 Tap “Send to Nike+.”
3 Enter your email address and nikeplus.com account password, then tap “Login to
Nike +.”
If you don’t already have a nikeplus.com account, tap Join Nike+ to set one up.
To see your workouts on nikeplus.com, log in to your account and follow the onscreen
instructions.
Calibrating Nike + iPod
You calibrate Nike + iPod using a workout you just completed. You can only calibrate
workouts of a quarter mile or more.
Calibrate iPhone:
1 Run or walk a known distance, then tap End Workout.
2 Tap Calibrate, then enter the distance and tap Done.
Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: In Settings, choose Nike + iPod, then tap
Reset Calibration.
Nike + iPod Settings
In Settings, choose Nike + iPod to activate and adjust settings for the Nike + iPod app.
Choose a PowerSong: Choose PowerSong and select a song from your music library.
52.30/+%.&%%$"!#+/./2/? Choose Spoken Feedback and select a male or
" '  "   % 8$ $#0 <
Set a distance preference: ##  %# ƒ# " #
measure your workout distance.
Set your weight: #%Π  <
Set the screen orientation: Choose Lock Screen, then select a screen orientation
preference.
Set up the Nike + iPod Sensor: Choose Sensor, then follow the onscreen instructions
to set up your sensor (sold separately).
You can use a Nike+ compatible remote (sold separately) to control Nike + iPod
 ##<€ #  "  #"%"##&<
Chapter 27 Nike + iPod
227
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set up the Nike + iPod remote: Choose Remote, then follow the onscreen instructions
to set up your remote (third-party product sold separately).
Reset Nike + iPod to the default calibration: Tap Reset Calibration.
228
Chapter 27 Nike + iPod
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
iBooks
28
About iBooks
iBooks is a great way to read and buy books. Download the free iBooks app from
the App Store, and then get everything from classics to best sellers from the built-in
iBookstore. Once you download a book, it’s displayed on your bookshelf.
Add ePub books and PDFs to your bookshelf using iTunes. Then tap a book or PDF to
start reading. iBooks remembers your location, so you can easily return to where you
$<* # #" #0# #  <
Note: The iBooks app and the iBookstore may not be available in all languages or
locations.
."%%(',!"(($+,(*",%."%"%",1"+
+-#,,(!' 
To download the iBooks app and use the iBookstore, you need an Internet connection
and an Apple account. If you don’t have an Apple account, or if you want to make
purchases from another Apple account, go to Settings > Store. See “Store” on page 218.
229
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Syncing Books and PDFs
Use iTunes to sync your books and PDFs between iPhone and your computer. When
iPhone is connected to your computer, the Books pane lets you select which items to
sync.
You can sync books that you download or purchase from the iBookstore. You can also
add DRM-free ePub books and PDFs to your iTunes library. There are several websites
 $ 0#&0 &] " <
Sync an ePub book or PDF to iPhone: Download the book or PDF using your
" < % #% #]’*0  # < 
iPhone to your computer, select the book or PDF in the Books pane in iTunes, and then
sync iPhone.
If a PDF doesn’t appear in the Books pane, you need to change its type in iTunes.
   #0 &]%# % #]’?<?
8##  " % #€ "ƒ 
K"%  8<
Using the iBookstore
In the iBooks app, tap Store to open the iBookstore. From there, you can browse
  0# 0## #% 0 # 0#0    <
a book you like, you can purchase and download it.
Note: Some features of the iBookstore may not be available in all locations.
Get more information: In the iBookstore, you can read a summary of the book, read
or write a review, and download a sample of the book before buying it.
Purchase a book: Find a book you want, tap the price, then tap Buy Now. Sign in to
 * % 8<"0#" 0   <
The purchase is charged to your Apple account. If you make additional purchases
_"#%6 '   ##   <
If you’ve already purchased a book and want to download it again, tap Purchases in
€#  0#<   <
Books that you purchase are synced to your iTunes library the next time you sync
iPhone with your computer. This provides a backup in case you delete the book from
iPhone.
230
Chapter 28 iBooks
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Reading Books
Reading a book is easy. Go to the bookshelf and tap the book you want to read. If you
don’t see the book you’re looking for, tap the name of the current collection at the top
of the screen to go to other collections.
Turn pages:    "   % Π  <   
the direction the page turns when you tap the left margin, go to Settings > iBooks.
/4/!30%#)=#0!'% Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls.
Drag the page navigation control at the bottom of the screen to the desired page,
then let go.
Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the
controls, then tap . Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to
the current page.
Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have
multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it. You don’t need to set a bookmark
 # 0%0 #€# ""0 # $   #
there when you open the book again.
Add, remove, or edit a highlight: Touch and hold any word until it’s selected. Use the
grab points to adjust the selection, then tap Highlight. To remove a highlight, tap the
highlighted text, then tap Remove Highlight. To change the color of a highlight, tap
the highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu.
Add, remove, or edit a note: Touch and hold any word until it’s selected. Use the grab
points to adjust the selection, then tap Note. Type some text, then tap Done. To view
a note, tap the indicator in the margin near the highlighted text. To remove a note,
tap the highlighted text, then tap Delete Note. To change the color of a note, tap the
highlighted text, then tap Colors and select a color from the menu.
See all your bookmarks, highlights and notes: To see the bookmarks, highlights, and
notes you’ve added, tap , then tap Bookmarks. To view a note, tap its indicator.
Chapter 28 iBooks
231
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Enlarge an image: Double-tap the image.
To read a book while lying down, use the portrait orientation lock to prevent
iPhone from rotating the screen when you rotate iPhone. See “Viewing in Portrait or
Landscape Orientation” on page 32.
Reading PDFs
You can use iBooks to read PDFs. Go to the bookshelf and tap Collections, select a
collection, then tap the PDF you want to read.
Turn pages: Flick left or right.
Enlarge a page: Pinch to zoom in on the page, then scroll to see the portion you want.
/4/!30%#)=#0!'% Tap near the center of the current page to show the controls.
Then, in the page navigation controls at the bottom of the page, drag until the desired
page number appears, or tap a thumbnail to jump to that page.
Add or remove a bookmark: Tap the ribbon button to set a bookmark. You can have
multiple bookmarks. To remove a bookmark, tap it.
You don’t need to set a bookmark when you close a PDF, because iBooks remembers
 $   #   <
Go to the table of contents: Tap near the center of the current page to show the
controls, then tap . Tap an entry to jump to that location, or tap Resume to return to
   <?   #6  0 #%    
icon instead to go to that page.
Changing a Book’s Appearance
To change the appearance of a book, access the controls by tapping near the center of
a page.
Change the font or type size: Tap
, then in the list that appears, tap or to
reduce or enlarge the type size. To change the font, tap Fonts, then select one from the
list. Changing the font and size also changes text formatting.
Change the brightness: Tap
iBooks.
, then adjust the brightness. This setting applies only in
Change the page and type color: Tap
, then turn the Sepia option on to change
the color of the page and type. This setting applies to all books.
     €#1##_
iBooks.
232
Chapter 28 iBooks
 ##’
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Searching Books and PDFs
You can search for the title or author of a book to quickly locate it on the bookshelf.
  ##  # 0    #   
 #6  #<  ## #   
other related resources.
Search for a book: Go to the bookshelf. If necessary, change to the collection that
you want to search. Tap the status bar to scroll to the top of the screen, then tap the
magnifying glass. Enter a word that’s in the title of a book, or the author’s name, then
tap Search. Matching books appear on the bookshelf.
Search in a book: Open a book and tap near the center of the page to show the
controls. Tap the magnifying glass, then enter a search phrase and tap Search. Tap a
search result to go to that page in the book.
To send your search to Google or Wikipedia, tap Search Google or Search Wikipedia.
Safari opens and displays the result.
To quickly search for a word in a book, touch and hold the word, then tap Search.
  
   #  <
Look up a word: Select a word in a book, then tap Dictionary in the menu that
appears. Dictionaries may not be available for all languages.
Having a Book Read to You
If you have a visual impairment, you can use VoiceOver to read a book aloud. See
“VoiceOver” on page 236.
Some books may not be compatible with VoiceOver.
Printing or Emailing a PDF
You can use iBooks to send a copy of a PDF via email, or to print all or a portion of the
PDF to a supported printer.
Email a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap
and choose Email Document. A new message
 #&]  <#  ##   "## %
tap Send.
Print a PDF: Open the PDF, then tap
and choose Print. Select a printer and the page
range and number of copies, then tap Print. For more information, see “Printing” on
page 45.
You can only email or print PDFs. These options aren’t available for ePub books.
Chapter 28 iBooks
233
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Organizing the Bookshelf
Use the bookshelf to browse your books and PDFs. You can also organize items into
collections.
Sort the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap the status bar to scroll to the top of
the screen, then tap
and select a sort method from the choices at the bottom of
the screen.
Rearrange items on the bookshelf: Touch and hold a book or PDF, then drag it to a
new location on the bookshelf.
Delete an item from the bookshelf: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book
or PDF that you want to delete so that a checkmark appears, then tap Delete. When
#% <? 0  #%  
it again from Purchases in the iBookstore. If you’ve synced your device with your
computer, the book also remains in your iTunes Library.
Create, rename, or delete a collection: Tap the name of the current collection you’re
viewing, such as Books or PDFs, to display the collections list. Tap New to add a new
collection. To delete a collection, tap Edit, then tap
and tap Delete. You can’t edit or
remove the built-in Books and PDFs collections. To edit the name of a collection, tap its
 "<#% <
Move a book or PDF to a collection: Go to the bookshelf and tap Edit. Tap each book
or PDF that you want to move so that a checkmark appears, then tap Move and select
a collection. Items can be in only one collection at a time. When you add a book or
&] 0#  #"%6#€# &]  <] "
 % "' $   <"     # 
work and school, for example, or for reference and leisure reading.
View a collection: Tap the name of the current collection at the top of the screen,
then pick a new one from the list that appears.
Bookmark and Note Syncing
iBooks saves your bookmarks, notes, and current page information in your Apple
account, so they’re always up to date and you can read a book seamlessly across
multiple devices. For PDFs, the bookmarks and current page information are synced.
52."//+-!2+39.#).'/./2/? Go to Settings > iBooks, then turn Sync Bookmarks
 $<
You must have an Internet connection to sync your settings. iBooks syncs information
for all of your books when you open or quit the app. Information for individual books
is also synced when you open or close the book.
234
Chapter 28 iBooks
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Accessibility
29
Universal Access Features
In addition to the many features that make iPhone easy to use for everyone,
accessibility features (iPhone 3GS or later) are designed to make it easier for users with
visual, auditory, or other physical disabilities to use iPhone. These accessibility features
include:
 VoiceOver
 Zoom
 Large Text
 White on Black
 Mono Audio
 Speak Auto-text
 Support for braille displays
With the exception of VoiceOver, these accessibility features work with all iPhone apps,
including third-party apps you download from the App Store. VoiceOver works with all
apps that come preinstalled on iPhone, and with many third-party apps.
For more information about iPhone accessibility features, go to www.apple.com/
accessibility.
‡  ##0   0  $* ##0##&<
  #  ##0  # $ #&#  
your computer.
52.!##%33)"),)49&%!452%3/./2/?).)5.%3
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list.
3 ?""  %   ' # * ##8## <
235
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
4  
##0  #  #   8<
  _ 0  $#&##<{Large Text” on
page 250.
   #  $&##<{Videos” on page 104.
VoiceOver
VoiceOver describes aloud what appears onscreen, so that you can use iPhone without
#<‚ 8' # #  # ?   ##% 
" 0Π0 #<
Note: VoiceOver is available in many languages, but not all.
VoiceOver tells you about each element on the screen as it’s selected. When an
"## %6# #0 0    ‹ 0# 
see the screen) and VoiceOver speaks the name or describes the item. The enclosing
rectangle is referred to as the VoiceOver cursor. If text is selected, VoiceOver reads the
text. If a control (such as a button or switch) is selected and Speak Hints is turned on,
VoiceOver may tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for you—for
example, “double-tap to open.”
When you go to a new screen, VoiceOver plays a sound and then selects and speaks
 #"# ‹ %" K   †<‚ 8' 
also lets you know when the screen changes to landscape or portrait, and when it is
locked or unlocked.
Setting Up VoiceOver
Important: VoiceOver changes the gestures used to control iPhone. Once VoiceOver
is turned on, you have to use VoiceOver gestures to operate iPhone—even to turn
‚ 8' $   #"#   <
236
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52./)#%6%2/./2/? In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver and
 ‚ 8' 8;8$# <
  ## K  !" ‚ 8'  $<{Triple-Click
Home” on page 251.
Note: You cannot use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
52.30/+%.().43/./2/? In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver,
  !#8;8$# < !## %‚ 8' " 
tell you the action of the item or provide instructions for you—for example, “doubletap to open.” Speak Hints is turned on by default.
Set the VoiceOver speaking rate: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver, and adjust the Speaking Rate slider.
Add speaking rate to the rotor: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap to
turn on “Include in Rotor.”
You can choose the kind of feedback you get when you type. You can set VoiceOver to
speak characters, words, both, or nothing. If you choose to hear both characters and
words, VoiceOver speaks each character as you type it, then speaks the whole word
#0  #    <
Choose typing feedback: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver >
Typing Feedback. You can choose Characters, Words, Characters and Words, or Nothing
 # 0 #   * ##0 ‹#{Using an Apple
 ##0 ” on page 44).
Use phonetics
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver, then tap the Use Phonetics switch to
turn it on.
Use this feature when you type or read characterby-character, to help make clear which characters
were spoken. When Use Phonetics is turned on,
‚ '  ## # 
 %# # 
word beginning with the character. For example,
if you type the character “f,” VoiceOver speaks “f,”
and then a moment later, “foxtrot.”
Use pitch change
In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver, then tap the Use Pitch Change switch
to turn it on.
VoiceOver uses a higher pitch when entering
a letter, and a lower pitch when deleting a
letter. VoiceOver also uses a higher pitch when
#  #"  ‹#  # #
or table) and a lower pitch when speaking the
last item of a group.
€ %‚ 8' ##   6## &< # $ 
language for VoiceOver.
Chapter 29 Accessibility
237
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Set the language for iPhone: In Settings, choose General > International > Language,
#      8<"  #" 0Π0
Local setting. In Settings, choose General > International > Region Format and select
the format.
Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice
Control, then choose the language.
If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for
VoiceOver.
Set the rotor options for web browsing: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver > Web Rotor. Tap to select or deselect options. To change the position of an
item in the list, touch next to the item, then drag up or down.
Select the languages available in the Language rotor: In Settings, choose General
> Accessibility > VoiceOver > Language Rotor and tap to select the language or
languages you want to appear in the Language rotor. To change the position of a
language in the list, touch next to the language and drag up or down.
The Language rotor is always available when you’ve selected more than one language.
VoiceOver Gestures
‚ 8' # %#   # # # '$ $ #<
These and some additional gestures let you move around the screen and control
individual elements when they’re selected. VoiceOver gestures include two- and
 K ## #  Π<] 0# ###K  K 
# #%  _   # # #"# 0"<
You can use standard gestures when VoiceOver is turned on, by double-tapping and
  # <*# ## #  " # #
 <  " $   < ‚ 8' # #
resume.
 #$  Š# ‚ 8' # #<] _ "% 
  K  # # " %   "  <
  ## "0#<ƒ {#K }# #  $ '—
instead of selecting an item and double-tapping, you can touch and hold an item with
 % #    < $  Š## ' 
which works best for you.
If your gestures don’t work, try quicker movements, especially for double-tapping and
Œ # #< Œ % Š 0 ##     #<
When VoiceOver is turned on, the VoiceOver Practice button appears, which gives you
a chance to practice VoiceOver gestures before proceeding.
Practice gestures: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver, then tap
‚ 8' &  <#  % <
238
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
If you don’t see the VoiceOver Practice button, make sure VoiceOver is turned on.
Here’s a summary of key VoiceOver gestures:
Navigating and Reading
 Tap: Speak item.
 Flick right or left: Select the next or previous item.
 Flick up or down: Depends on the Rotor Control setting. See “Rotor Control” on
page 240.

$  Stop speaking the current item.

$%  Read all from the top of the screen.

$%  Read all from the current position.




$!  "ƒ' #0    "#Š ‹"  
“z”) to dismiss an alert or go back to the previous screen.
$%  Scroll one page at a time.
$%  Go to the next or previous page (such as the Home
screen, Stocks, or Safari).
$  Speak the scroll status (which page or rows are visible).
 $%   #"# <
 $%  Select the last element on the screen.
Activating
 Double-tap: Activate the selected item.
 Triple-tap: Double-tap an item.
 Split-tap: An alternative to selecting an item and double-tapping is to touch an item
 % #    '  "<

  $   $! "
Activate the item.
 Double-tap and hold (1 second) + standard gesture: Use a standard gesture.
The double-tap and hold gesture tells iPhone to interpret the subsequent gesture as
#  <] _ "% 0K  %  %
   # # <

$   Answer or end a call. Play or pause in iPod, YouTube, Voice
Memos, or Photos. Take a photo (Camera). Start or pause recording in Camera or
Voice Memos. Start or stop the stopwatch.

$   Mute or unmute VoiceOver.

$   #     $<
Chapter 29 Accessibility
239
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Rotor Control
The rotor control is a virtual dial that you can use to change the results of up and
Œ # #‚ 8' # <
Operate the rotor:   #&# { } 
choose between options.
The current setting appears on the screen and is spoken aloud.
$   # 6 <] _ "%6   
text in an email you received, you can use the rotor to switch between hearing text
# K0K   
 K0K 
 Π <?6 
browsing a webpage, you can use the rotor setting to hear all the text (either word-byword or character-by-character), or to jump from one element to another of a certain
type, such as headers or links.
The following lists show the available rotor options, depending on the context of what
you’re doing.
Reading text
Select and hear text by:
 Character
 Word
 Line
Browsing a webpage
Select and hear text by:
 Character
 Word
 Line
 Heading
 Link
 Visited link
 Non-visited link
 In-page link
 Form control
 Table
240
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Row (when navigating a table)
 List
 Landmark
 Image
 Static text
Zoom in or out
Entering text
Move insertion point and hear text by:
 Character
 Word
 Line
Select edit function
Select language
Using a control (such as the spinner for setting the time in Clock)
Select and hear values by:
 Character
 Word
 Line
Adjust the value of the control object
Speaking (available only with the Apple Wireless Keyboard)
Adjust VoiceOver speaking by:
 Volume
 Rate
 Typing echo
 Use pitch change
 Use Phonetics
See “ ‚ 8' # * ##0 ” on page 246.
You can select which rotor options appear for web browsing, and arrange their order.
See “Setting Up VoiceOver” on page 236.
Chapter 29 Accessibility
241
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Using VoiceOver
Select items on the screen:    ' # <‚ 8' #
each element as you touch it. You can move systematically from one element to the
_0Œ    # <‡"# #  "KK
%KK0"<]  _"% Π
previous element.
# K # ##  #  #" # <

 $  ]   #<
 Select the last element on a screen: ]   #<
“Tap” a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Double-tap anywhere on the
screen.
“Double-tap” a selected item when VoiceOver is turned on: Triple-tap anywhere on
the screen.
Speak the text of an element, character-by-character or word-by-word: With
"# %Π  <]   _
 % Π   '# 
 <# # '‚ 8' 
also speak a word beginning with the character being spoken. See “Setting Up
VoiceOver” on page 236.
Twist the rotor control to have VoiceOver read word-by-word.
Adjust a slider:  # %Π  ## 
decrease the setting. VoiceOver announces the setting as you adjust it.
242
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Scroll a list or area of the screen
]    #<] 
to page down through the list or screen, or
Π <   #%
VoiceOver speaks the range of items displayed
(for example, “showing rows 5 through 10”).
You can also scroll continuously through a list,
instead of paging through it. Double-tap and
hold. When you hear a series of tones, you can
"'   # #<
Continuous scrolling stops when you lift your
 <
Use a list index
Some lists have an alphabetical index along
the right side. The index cannot be selected by
Œ 0"#ž"# 
index directly to select it. With the index selected,
Π "' _<
 #0K %#   
down.
Reorder a list
Some lists, such as Favorites in Phone, and
Web Rotor and Language Rotor in Accessibility
on the right
settings can be reordered. Select
side of an item, double-tap and hold until you
hear a sound, then drag up or down. VoiceOver
speaks the item you’ve moved above or below,
depending on the direction you’re dragging.
Unlock iPhone: Select the Unlock switch, then double-tap the screen.
Rearrange the Home screen: On the Home screen, select the icon you want to move.
Double-tap and hold the icon, then drag it. VoiceOver speaks the row and column
position as you drag the icon. Release the icon when it’s in the location you want. You
can drag additional icons. Drag an item to the left or right edge of the screen to move
 $  !"# <#% ##!" button.
Mute VoiceOver
0K   #<0K   
  # # 0 < 
 $‚ 8' ##%#;
Silent switch to Silent.
If you have an external keyboard connected, you
can also press the Control key on the keyboard to
mute or unmute VoiceOver.
Stop speaking an item
  #<   
 # #"# < 
automatically resumes when you select another
item.
52.4(%3#2%%.#524!)././2/?
K   #<#    
is on, the screen contents are active even though
# # $<
Chapter 29 Accessibility
243
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Speak the entire screen from the top
]  #<
Speak from the current item to the bottom of
the screen
]  #<
You can hear iPhone status information by touching the top of the screen. This
information can include the time, battery life, Wi-Fi signal strength, and more.
Making Phone Calls with VoiceOver
0K #  # #    <  
is established with VoiceOver on, the screen displays the numeric keypad by default,
instead of showing call options. This makes it easier to use the keypad to respond to a
menu of options when you reach an automated system.
Display call options:  ! 0 K     
double-tap.
Display the numeric keypad again:   0   
screen and double-tap.
Entering and Editing Text
   0_% ## 0   
external keyboard connected to iPhone to enter text.
There are two ways to enter text in VoiceOver—standard typing and “touch” typing.
With standard typing, you select a key, then double-tap the screen to enter the
character. With touch typing, you touch to select a key and the character is entered
"    <   0Š  %0"  Š 
more practice than standard typing.
VoiceOver also lets you use the editing features of iPhone to cut, copy, or paste in a
_<
Enter text:
1   _0 # 0 <
You may need to double-tap to bring up the keyboard, if it doesn’t appear
"  <‚ 8' _{#} 
“double-tap to edit.”
?     #_%# #   0
or at the end of the text. Double-tap to move the insertion point to the opposite end.
VoiceOver tells you the position of the insertion point.
2 Use the keyboard to type characters:
244
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Standard typing:   0 0Œ   %0K
   
 <8 "'  0 #  
%   % #   
   
 <‚ 8' # #6## %   
when the character is entered.
 Touch typing:   0 # %   
 
 <?  %"'  0 
you select the key you want. VoiceOver speaks the character for each key as you
 %0#6   
   <
Note: Touch typing works only for the keys that actually enter text. Use standard
typing for other keys such as Shift, Delete, and Return.
VoiceOver tells you when it thinks you’ve misspelled a word.
Choose standard or touch typing: With VoiceOver turned on and a key selected on
0 %#  #  ƒ%Œ  <
Move the insertion point: Use the rotor to choose whether you want to move the
insertion point by character, by word, or by line. By default, VoiceOver moves the
insertion point character-by-character.
Flick up or down to move the insertion point forward or backward in the text.
VoiceOver makes a sound when the insertion point moves, and speaks the character
that the insertion point moves across.
When moving the insertion point by word, VoiceOver speaks each word as you
move across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the end of
the traversed word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. When moving
backward, the insertion point is placed the end of the word preceding the traversed
word, before the space or punctuation that follows it. To move the insertion point
past the punctuation at the end of a word or sentence, use the rotor to switch back to
character mode.
When moving the insertion point by line, VoiceOver speaks each line as you move
across it. When moving forward, the insertion point is placed at the beginning of the
next line (except when you reach the last line of a paragraph, when the insertion point
is moved to the end of the line just spoken). When moving backward, the insertion
point is placed at the beginning of the line that’s spoken.
Delete a character: Select the , then double-tap or split-tap. You must do this even
when touch typing. To delete multiple characters, touch and hold the Delete key,
 #        
   <
VoiceOver speaks the character as it’s deleted. If you have Use Pitch Change turned on,
VoiceOver speaks deleted characters in a lower pitch.
Select text:   ‡%Œ   #   *%
double tap. If you chose Select, the word closest to the insertion point is selected
when you double-tap. If you chose Select All, the entire text is selected.
Chapter 29 Accessibility
245
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Pinch apart or together to increase or decrease the selection.
Cut, copy, or paste: ƒ #   ##<_# %Œ  
down to choose Cut, Copy, or Paste, then double-tap.
Undo:  &%Π   # %0K <
Enter an accented character: In standard typing mode, select the plain character,
then double-tap and hold until you hear a sound indicating alternate characters have
 <   #     #< #   
the current selection.
Change the language you’re typing in:     %Œ 
 <#{   }#  # ?   
settings.
Note: The Language rotor appears only if you select more than one language in the
VoiceOver Language Rotor setting. See “Setting Up VoiceOver” on page 236.
Controlling VoiceOver Using an Apple Wireless Keyboard
   ‚ 8' # * ##0   &<
“# * ##0 ” on page 44.
The VoiceOver keyboard commands let you navigate the screen, select items, read
screen contents, adjust the rotor, and perform other VoiceOver actions. All the
keyboard commands (except one) include Control-Option, abbreviated in the table
below as “VO.”
VoiceOver Help speaks keys or keyboard commands as you type them. You can use
VoiceOver Help to learn the keyboard layout and the actions associated with key
combinations.
VoiceOver Keyboard Commands
VO = Control-Option
246
Read all, starting from the current position
VO–A
Read from the top
VO–B
Move to the status bar
VO–M
Press the Home button
VO–H
Select the next or previous item
VO–Right Arrow or VO–Left Arrow
Tap an item
VO–Space bar
/5",%4!07)4(47/=.'%23
VO–”-”
Choose the next or previous rotor item
VO–Up Arrow or VO–Down Arrow
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Choose the next or previous speech rotor item
VO–Command–Left Arrow or VO–Command–
Right Arrow
Adjust speech rotor item
VO–Command–Up Arrow or VO–Command–
Down Arrow
Mute or unmute VoiceOver
VO–S
52.4(%3#2%%.#524!)././2/?
VO–Shift-S
Turn on VoiceOver help
‚8³
%452.4/4(%02%6)/533#2%%./2452./?
VoiceOver help
Escape
Quick Nav
 ©  '  ‚ 8' #
default.
#<©  '#$0
52.5)#+!6/./2/?
Left Arrow–Right Arrow
Select the next or previous item
Right Arrow or Left Arrow
%,%#44(%.%84/202%6)/53)4%-30%#)=%$"9
the rotor setting
Up Arrow or Down Arrow
%,%#44(%=234/2,!34)4%-
Control–Up Arrow or Control–Down Arrow
"Tap” an item
Up Arrow–Down Arrow
Scroll up, down, left, or right
Option–Up Arrow, Option–Down Arrow, Option–
Left Arrow, or Option–Right Arrow
Change the rotor
Up Arrow–Left Arrow or Up Arrow–Right Arrow
Using Maps
With VoiceOver, you can zoom in or out, select pins, and get information about
locations.
Zoom in or out: #   #X""%Π X"
in or out.
Select a pin:   % Π  "' ""  <
Get information about a location: With a pin selected, double-tap to display the
 " Π<]   # Π%0K # 
information page.
Editing Videos and Voice Memos
You can use VoiceOver gestures to trim Camera videos and Voice Memo recordings.
Chapter 29 Accessibility
247
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Trim a voice memo: On the Voice Memos screen, select the button to the right of the
memo you want to trim, then double-tap. Then select Trim Memo and double-tap.
 0  "<]   % Π
to drag to the left. VoiceOver announces the amount of time the current position will
trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim Voice Memo and double-tap.
Trim a video: While viewing a video, double-tap the screen to display the video
 #< 0  "< Π  %
 Œ  <‚ 8'   # ""  
position will trim from the recording. To execute the trim, select Trim and double-tap.
Using a Braille Display with VoiceOver
Setting Up a Braille Display
You can use a refreshable Bluetooth braille display to read VoiceOver output in braille.
In addition, braille displays with input keys and other controls can be used to control
iPhone when VoiceOver is turned on. iPhone works with many wireless braille displays.
For a list of supported displays, go to www.apple.com/accessibility.
Set up a braille display:
1 Turn on the braille display.
2 On iPhone, turn on Bluetooth.
In Settings, choose General > Bluetooth, then tap the Bluetooth switch.
3 In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille, then choose the
braille display.
52.#/.42!#4%$"2!),,%/./2/? In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
VoiceOver > Braille, then tap the Contracted Braille switch.
Choosing a Language
The braille display uses the language that’s set for Voice Control. By default, this is
the language set for iPhone in Settings > International > Language. You can use
‚ 8'   ## $    ‚ 8'  0 
displays.
Set the language for VoiceOver: In Settings, choose General > International > Voice
Control, then choose the language.
If you change the language for iPhone, you may need to reset the language for
VoiceOver and your braille display.
Controlling VoiceOver with Your Braille Display
You can set the leftmost or rightmost cell of your braille display to provide system
status and other information:
 Announcement History contains an unread message
 The current Announcement History message has not been read
248
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 VoiceOver speech is muted
 The iPhone battery is low (less than 20% charge)
 iPhone is in landscape orientation

# # # $
 The current line contains additional text to the left
 The current line contains additional text to the right
Set the leftmost or rightmost cell to display status information: In Settings, choose
General > Accessibility > VoiceOver > Braille > Status Cell, then tap Left or Right.
See an expanded description of the status cell: On your braille display, press the
status cell’s router button.
Zoom
ƒ & #X" #  "#<] _ "% 
double-tap or use the pinch gesture to expand webpage columns in Safari.
Zoom is also a special accessibility feature that lets you magnify the entire screen of
any app you’re using, to help you see what’s on the display.
52. //-/./2/? In Settings, choose General > Accessibility > Zoom and tap the
"8;8$# <
Note: You cannot use VoiceOver and Zoom at the same time.
Zoom in or out: 0K #   #<€ %# #
" –££ <?"    "  ‹0# K
K # %# 00†%& "    # "  
X"00K   #<
.#2%!3%-!'.)=#!4)/.   #%    
# ‹  #"  †  0"# ‹  #
"  †<  K K # ##"  0K %_ 6
  ##  [# %   ## <8 
#  %   # <
Move around the screen: X"%  Π#   #<
8 #  %   # #  #" 
# <! #  #   #
# " <ƒ'   #  " Š <
open a new screen, Zoom always goes to the top-middle of the screen.
#" * ##0 ‹#{Using an Apple Wireless
0 ” on page 44), the screen image follows the insertion point, keeping it in the
center of the display.
Chapter 29 Accessibility
249
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Large Text
Large Text lets you make the text larger in alerts, and in Calendar, Contacts, Mail,
Messages, and Notes. You can choose 20-point, 24-point, 32-point, 40-point, 48-point,
or 56-point text.
Set the text size: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility, tap Large Text, then tap
the text size you want.
White on Black
Use White on Black to invert the colors on the iPhone screen, which may make it
easier to read the screen. When White on Black is turned on, the screen looks like a
photographic negative.
Invert the screen’s colors: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the
“White on Black” switch.
Mono Audio
Mono Audio combines the sound of the left and right channels into a mono signal
played on both sides. This enables users with hearing impairment in one ear to hear
the entire sound signal with the other ear.
52././ 5$)//./2/? In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap the
Mono Audio switch.
Speak Auto-text
Speak Auto-text speaks the text corrections and suggestions iPhone makes when
you’re typing.
250
Chapter 29 Accessibility
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
52.0%!+ 54/4%84/./2/? In Settings, choose General > Accessibility and tap
the Speak Auto-text switch.
Speak Auto-text also works with VoiceOver or Zoom.
Triple-Click Home
Triple-click Home provides an easy way to turn some of the Accessibility features on
 $ ##!" button quickly three times. You can set Triple-click
!" ‚ 8'  $% €  $%  ##
to:
  ‚ 8'  $

 " $

 €  $
K  !"# $0 <
Set the Triple-click Home function: In Settings, choose General > Accessibility >
Triple-click Home and choose the function you want.
Closed Captioning and Other Helpful Features
Many iPhone features help make iPhone accessible to all users, including those with
visual or auditory impairments.
Closed Captioning
You can turn on closed captioning for videos in iPod settings. See “Video” on page 217.
Note: Not all video content is encoded for closed captioning.
Voice Control
Voice Control (iPhone 3GS or later) lets you make phone calls and control iPod music
playback by using voice commands. See “Voice Dialing” on page 65, and “Using Voice
Control with iPod” on page 100.
Large Phone Keypad
Make phone calls simply by tapping entries in your contacts and favorites lists. When
you need to dial a number, iPhone’s large numeric keypad makes it easy. See “Phone
Calls” on page 64.
Widescreen Keyboards
Several apps let you rotate iPhone when you’re typing, so you can use a larger
keyboard:
 Mail
Chapter 29 Accessibility
251
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 Safari
 Messages
 Notes
 Contacts
Visual Voicemail
The play and pause controls in visual voicemail let you control the playback of
messages. Drag the playhead on the scrubber bar to repeat a portion of the message
that’s hard to understand. See “Checking Voicemail” on page 72.
Assignable Ringtones
You can assign distinctive ringtones to individuals in your contacts list for audible
caller ID. You can purchase ringtones from the iTunes Store on iPhone. See “Purchasing
Ringtones” on page 172.
Instant Messaging (IM) Chat
The App Store features many Internet Messaging (IM) apps, such as AIM, BeejiveIM,
ICQ, and Yahoo! Messenger, that are optimized for iPhone.
Minimum Font Size for Mail Messages
To increase readability, set a minimum font size for Mail message text to Large, Extra
Large, or Giant. See “Mail” on page 210.
TTY Support (Available in Some Areas)
Use iPhone in TTY mode with the iPhone TTY Adapter (available separately) to use
a Teletype (TTY) machine. See “Using iPhone with a Teletype (TTY) Machine” on
page 213.
Universal Access in Mac OS X
Take advantage of the Universal Access features in Mac OS X when you use iTunes to
sync information and content from your iTunes library to iPhone. In the Finder, choose
Help > Mac Help, then search for “universal access.”
For more information about iPhone and Mac OS X accessibility features, go to www.
apple.com/accessibility.
252
Chapter 29 Accessibility
Support and Other Information
Appendix
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Apple iPhone Support Site
Comprehensive support information is available online at www.apple.com/support/
iphone. You can also use Express Lane for personalized support (not available in all
countries or regions). Go to expresslane.apple.com.
Restarting and Resetting iPhone
If something isn’t working right, try restarting iPhone, force quitting an app, or
resetting iPhone.
Restart iPhone: & ## 8;8$; 0 # 
 #<   ###  $&<  &0 %
 ## 8;8$; 0*  #<
? 6 $&  0" #%"  #&<
* ##0 &$ #6 #' 0"<
Force quit an app: & ## 8;8$; 0  # #
until a red slider appears, then press and hold the Home button until the app quits. On
iPhone 3GS or later, you can also remove an app from the recents list to force it to quit.
See “Opening and Switching Apps” on page 29.
Reset iPhone: & ## 8;8$; 0 !"0 
the same time for at least ten seconds, until the Apple logo appears.
Backing Up iPhone
iTunes creates backups of settings, downloaded apps and data, and other information
on iPhone. You can use a backup to restore these items to your iPhone after a software
restore or to transfer the information to another iPhone. See “Updating and Restoring
iPhone Software” on page 255.
253
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Backing up iPhone or restoring from a backup isn’t the same as syncing content and
other items (such as music, podcasts, ringtones, photos, videos, and apps that you
download via iTunes) with your iTunes library. Backups include settings, downloaded
apps and data, and other information on iPhone. After you restore iPhone, you need to
sync again to get your music, videos, photos, apps, and other content back on iPhone.
See “Restoring from a Backup” on page 256.
Apps downloaded from the App Store are backed up the next time you sync with
iTunes. Afterwards, only app data is backed up when you sync with iTunes.
Creating a Backup
iTunes creates a backup of iPhone when you:
 Sync with iTunes
By default, iTunes syncs iPhone each time you connect iPhone to your computer.
See “Syncing with iTunes” on page 56. iTunes won’t automatically back up an iPhone
 #6  #   " <  ## "  0
clicking Sync in iTunes. Note that iTunes creates a backup only once each time
&#    " %0  ##    #<?# 
again, iTunes doesn’t create another backup.
 Update iPhone
 #0 #&0  &%'#6  # 
with iTunes on that computer.
 Restore iPhone (if you choose to back up)
iTunes asks if you want to back up iPhone before restoring it.
For more information about backups, including the settings and information stored in
a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766.
Removing a Backup
You can remove a backup of iPhone from the list of backups in iTunes. You may want
to do this, for example, if a backup was created on someone else’s computer.
Remove a backup:
1 In iTunes, open iTunes Preferences.
 Mac: Choose iTunes > Preferences.
 Windows: Choose Edit > Preferences.
2 Click Devices (iPhone doesn’t need to be connected).
3 Select the backup you want to remove, then click Delete Backup.
4  "# "'# 0 0  € <
5  8 # #&   #<
254
Appendix A Support and Other Information
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
Updating and Restoring iPhone Software
You can use iTunes to update or restore iPhone software.
 If you update, the iPhone software is updated. Your downloaded apps, settings, and
   6 $ <
Note: In some cases, an update may also involve restoring iPhone.
 If you restore, the latest version of iPhone software is reinstalled, settings are restored
to their default, and all data stored on iPhone is deleted, including downloaded
apps, songs, videos, contacts, photos, calendar information, and any other data. If
you’ve backed up iPhone with iTunes on your computer, you can restore data from
the backup at the end of the restore process.
Deleted data is no longer accessible via the iPhone user interface, but it isn’t erased
from iPhone. For information about erasing all content and settings, see “Resetting
iPhone” on page 207.
If you use a Bluetooth headset or car kit with iPhone and you restore settings, you
must pair the Bluetooth device with iPhone again to use it.
For more information about updating and restoring iPhone software, go to support.
apple.com/kb/HT1414.
Updating iPhone
Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of
iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Update iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
3 Click “Check for Update.” iTunes tells you if there’s a newer version of the iPhone
software available.
4 Click Update to install the latest version of the software.
Restoring iPhone
Make sure you have an Internet connection and have installed the latest version of
iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Restore iPhone:
1 Connect iPhone to your computer.
2 In iTunes, select iPhone in the Devices list, then click Summary at the top of the screen.
3 Click “Check for Update.” iTunes tells you if there’s a newer version of the iPhone
software available.
Appendix A Support and Other Information
255
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
4 Click Restore. Follow the onscreen instructions to complete the restore process. When
restoring, it is recommended that you back up iPhone when prompted.
When the iPhone software has been restored, you can either set it up as a new iPhone,
or restore your music, videos, app data, and other content from a backup.
After you restore from a backup, previous data is no longer accessible through the
iPhone user interface, but it isn’t erased from iPhone. For information about erasing all
content and settings, see “Resetting iPhone” on page 207.
Restoring from a Backup
You can restore the settings, app data, and other information from a backup, or use
this feature to transfer these items to another iPhone. Make sure you have an Internet
connection and have installed the latest version of iTunes from www.apple.com/itunes.
Important: Restoring from a backup is not the same as restoring iPhone from the
Summary pane in iTunes. See “Restoring iPhone” on page 255. Restoring from a backup
does not fully restore iPhone software. Also, restoring iPhone from a backup restores
all data in the backup, including data for apps. If you choose an old backup, restoring
from it could replace the app data with data that is not current.
If you restore iPhone from a backup of some other iPhone or iPod touch, some
passwords and settings may not be restored. (Additional, but still not all, passwords
and settings may be restored if the backup is encrypted.) For more information about
the settings and information stored in a backup, go to support.apple.com/kb/HT1766.
Restore iPhone from a backup:
1 Connect iPhone to the computer you normally sync with.
2 In iTunes, Control-click iPhone in the Devices list and choose “Restore from Backup”
from the menu that appears.
3 Choose the backup that you want to restore from the pop-up menu, then click Restore.
If your backup is encrypted, enter your password.
Safety, Software, and Service Information
This table describes where to get more iPhone-related safety, software, and service
information.
256
Appendix A Support and Other Information
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
To learn about
Do this
Using iPhone safely
See the Important Product Information Guide at
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone for the
latest safety and regulatory information.
iPhone service and support, tips, forums, and
Apple software downloads
Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone.
Service and support from your carrier
Contact your carrier or go to your carrier’s
website.
The latest information about iPhone
Go to www.apple.com/iphone.
Using iTunes
Open iTunes and choose Help > iTunes Help. For
an online iTunes tutorial (may not be available in
all countries and regions), go to www.apple.com/
support/itunes.
Creating an Apple ID
Go to appleid.apple.com.
MobileMe
Go to www.me.com.
Using iPhoto on Mac OS X
Open iPhoto and choose Help > iPhoto Help.
Using Address Book on Mac OS X
Open Address Book and choose Help > Address
Book Help.
Using iCal on Mac OS X
Open iCal and choose Help > iCal Help.
Microsoft Outlook, Windows Address Book, or
Adobe Photoshop Elements
See the documentation that came with those
apps.
Finding your iPhone serial number,
International Mobile Equipment Identity (IMEI),
/2/"),%15)0-%.4$%.4)=%2
  &#  "0  ?ƒ‡?
(GSM models) or MEID (CDMA model) on the
iPhone packaging. Or, on iPhone, choose Settings
> General > About. In iTunes on your computer,
hold down the Control key and choose Help
> About iTunes (Windows) or iTunes > About
iTunes (Mac), then release the Control key. (Press
the Space bar to pause the scrolling.)
Obtaining warranty service
First follow the advice in this guide and online
resources. Then go to www.apple.com/support
or see the Important Product Information Guide at
www.apple.com/support/manuals/iphone.
Battery replacement service
Go to www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/
battery.
Using iPhone in an Enterprise Environment
Go to www.apple.com/iphone/business to learn more about enterprise features of
iPhone, including:
 Microsoft Exchange
 ?#    #
Appendix A Support and Other Information
257
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 CalDAV
 CardDAV
 IMAP
 LDAP
 VPN
Using iPhone with Other Carriers
Some carriers let you unlock iPhone for use with their network. To determine if your
 $ ##%support.apple.com/kb/HT1937.
Contact your carrier for authorization and setup information. You’ll need to connect
iPhone to iTunes to complete the process. Additional fees may apply.
For troubleshooting information, go to support.apple.com/kb/TS3198.
Disposal and Recycling Information
Apple Used Mobile Phone Recycling Program (available in some areas): For free
recycling of your old mobile phone, a prepaid shipping label, and instructions, see:
www.apple.com/recycling
iPhone Disposal and Recycling: You must dispose of iPhone properly according to
local laws and regulations. Because iPhone contains electronic components and a
battery, iPhone must be disposed of separately from household waste. When iPhone
reaches its end of life, contact local authorities to learn about disposal and recycling
#% #" $   *  #    *< 
battery will be removed and recycled in an environmentally friendly manner. For more
information, see: www.apple.com/recycling
European Union—Electronics and Battery Disposal Information:
This symbol means that according to local laws and regulations your product and
its battery should be recycled separately from household waste. When this product
reaches its end of life, take it to a collection point designated by local authorities for
the recycling of electronic equipment. The improper disposal of waste electronic
Š" " #" " 0#01 #< #    
recycling of your product and its battery at the time of disposal will help conserve
natural resources and ensure that it is recycled in a manner that protects human
health and the environment.
258
Appendix A Support and Other Information
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
For collection and recycling services for iPhone, go to: www.apple.com/recycling/
nationalservices/europe.html
Battery Replacement for iPhone: The rechargeable battery in iPhone should be
replaced only by an authorized service provider. For battery replacement services go
to: www.apple.com/support/iphone/service/battery
Deutschland: Dieses Gerät enthält Batterien. Bitte nicht in den Hausmßll werfen.
Entsorgen Sie dieses Gerätes am Ende seines Lebenszyklus entsprechend der
maßgeblichen gesetzlichen Regelungen.
Nederlands: Gebruikte batterijen kunnen worden ingeleverd bij de chemokar of in een
speciale batterijcontainer voor klein chemisch afval (kca) worden gedeponeerd.
Türkiye: ‡‡‡´" ‹‡ '‡ ‡#    € Xµ
 µ"µµµµ  µ µ" #µ   ´"† <
¾ƒ  
Taiwan:
Brazil—Disposal Information:
Brasil—Informações sobre descarte e reciclagem: O símbolo indica que este produto
e/ou sua bateria nĂŁo devem ser descartadas no lixo domĂŠstico. Quando decidir
descartar este produto e/ou sua bateria, faça-o de acordo com as leis e diretrizes
ambientais locais. Para informaçþes sobre o programa de reciclagem da Apple, pontos
de coleta e telefone de informaçþes, visite www.apple.com/br/environment.
Apple and the Environment
At Apple, we recognize our responsibility to minimize the environmental impacts
of our operations and products. For more information, go to: www.apple.com/
environment
iPhone Operating Temperature
If the interior temperature of iPhone exceeds normal operating temperatures, you may
experience the following as it attempts to regulate its temperature:
 iPhone stops charging
 the screen dims
Appendix A Support and Other Information
259
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
 the cellular signal is weak
 a temperature warning screen appears
Important: You cannot use iPhone while the temperature warning screen is displayed,
except to make an emergency call. If iPhone can’t regulate its internal temperature,
it goes into a deep sleep mode until it cools. You cannot make an emergency call
when iPhone is in this mode. Move iPhone to a cooler location and wait a few minutes
before trying to use iPhone again.
260
Appendix A Support and Other Information
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
3G 17, 23
12-hour time 204
24-hour time 204
accessibility
features 235
Large Text 250
Mono Audio 250
setting up iPhone using VoiceOver 21
settings 207
Speak Auto-text 250
Triple-click Home 251
TTY machine 213
VoiceOver 236
White on Black 250
Zoom 249
accounts 25, 26, 208
“push” 56, 209
restricting 203
activating iPhone 20
adding a call 67
adjusting brightness 197
Adobe Photoshop 121
Adobe Photoshop Elements 61
airplane mode
settings 193
status icon 17
turning on 193
AirPlay
music playback 97
playing YouTube videos 134
streaming to a TV 107
video playback 105
viewing photos 124
AirPrint 45
See also printing
alarms
deleting 156
setting 155, 156
status icon 18
  $156
album artwork 101
Index
Index
album tracks 101
alerts
adjusting volume 12, 197
calendar 120
  $197
voicemail 72
alternate audio language 106
answering calls 50
anti-phishing. See Safari fraud warning
AOL 152
App Store
about 178
browsing 178
deleting applications 181
Genius 179
restricting 203
store account 178, 218
syncing 57
syncing purchased content 183
updating applications 183
verifying purchases 177
Apple ID, creating 21, 26, 173, 174, 181, 185, 218, 257
* ##0 44
apps 13
deleting 181
opening 29
restricting deletion 203
attachments, email 83
audio
alternate language 106
mono 250
audiobooks, syncing 57
Auto-Brightness 197
AutoFill 92, 214
auto-lock, setting time for 201
AV cables 107, 124
backing up iPhone 59
backups
creating 254
removing 254
restoring from 256
261
battery
charging 52
low on power 53
maximizing life 53
replacing 53, 257
status icon 18
birthdays, viewing in Calendar 116
Bluetooth
car kit 18, 51, 200, 255
  ##198
headset 165, 255
pairing devices 51
status 51
status icon 18
  $200
unpairing device 52
using with Phone 67
bookmarking
map locations 149
webpages 93
YouTube videos 135
bookmarks, syncing 57, 59, 93
books
accessibility 233
annotating 231
brightness 232
 #233
230
iBooks 229
purchasing 230
reading 231, 232
searching 233
syncing 57, 230
text size 232
braille, display using VoiceOver 248
brightness
adjusting 197
iBooks 232
setting to adjust automatically 197
browse buttons, changing 108
browser cache, clearing 215
browsing
album artwork 100
App Store 178
iTunes Music Store 170
YouTube videos 133
business, using iPhone 257
0####%148
cable, Dock Connector to USB 11, 21
cache, clearing browser 215
Calculator 158
#  159
CalDAV 115
Calendar
262
Index
about 115
adding an event 117
birthdays 116
CalDAV 115
deleting an event 118
" < ## "" 120
searching 117
updating an event 118
views 116
calendars, syncing 57, 59, 115
calibrating Nike + iPod 227
call forwarding 74, 212
call options 66
 %  $75, 212
caller ID, hiding or showing 212
Camera
deleting photos 131
exposure 131
Π###131
focus 131
front camera 70, 131
HDR photos 130
main camera 70, 131
restricting 203
seeing photos and videos you’ve taken 131
taking photos 130
upload photos to your computer 132
Cangjie 41
caps lock, enabling 205
car kit 18, 51, 200, 255
CardDAV 219
carrier services 214
Cc 210
cell signal, status icon 17
cellular network 23
charging battery 52
Chinese keyboard 41, 43
cleaning iPhone 55
clearing playlists 104
clocks, adding 155
# %  $217
Compass
current coordinates 162
heading 162
True and Magnetic North 162
Component AV Cable 107, 124
Composite AV Cable 107, 124
computer requirements 19
conference calls 68
connecting to Internet 22
contacts
adding and editing 221
adding from Maps 149
adding from text messages 114
assigning photo to 127
CardDAV 219
favorite 74
GAL (Global Address List) 85, 220
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access
Protocol) 220
seeing info from Phone 67
seeing location of 142
send info by email 86
setting how displayed 211
setting how sorted 211
syncing 56, 57, 59, 219
using to call someone 64
using to make a FaceTime video call 69
Yahoo! Address Book 59
controls, using 29
converting, videos 107
cookies 215
copying
images 125
photos and videos in MMS messages 112
text 39
Cover Flow 100
current approximate location 146, 162
cutting and pasting text 39
data protection 54, 201
data roaming 77
data, erasing 25, 54, 202, 207
date and time, setting 204
date format 207
debug console 215
declining calls 66
deleting
alarms 156
all content and settings 54, 207
apps 181
clocks 155
contacts 221
contacts from Favorites 74
email account 209
email messages 86
notes 153
photos 131
playlists 104
removing 254
songs from a playlist 104
videos 108
YouTube playlists 137
YouTube videos from a playlist 137
developer settings 215
dialing a phone number 64
dictionary 43
directions, getting 146
disconnecting iPhone from computer 21
Dock Connector 164
Dock Connector to USB cable 11, 21
Index
downloading
applications 181
podcasts 175
earphones
about 11, 50
center button 11, 65, 66, 67, 97, 100, 105
See also headset
EDGE 22
editing
playlists 104
text 39
text conversations 113
text using VoiceOver 244
videos 132
$ ###%  $197
emergency calls 71
Emoji 41
ending calls 50
enterprise, using iPhone in 257
ePub books 230
equalizer 216, 217
erasing data 25, 54, 202, 207
Exchange. See Microsoft Exchange
exposure 131
external keyboards 44
facemarks 41
FaceTime 68, 222
calling someone you've texted 113
restricting 203
saving as favorite 74
  $212
favorites 222
calling a contact from 64, 74
managing 74
sending text messages 111
Fetch New Data 209
 " #%# 83
# 60
Find My iPhone 25, 55
Π###  " 131
focus 131
folders, Home screen 33
force quitting an application 55, 253
formats
date, time, and telephone number 207
forwarding messages 86
GAL (Global Address List) 85, 220
Game Center
about 184
263
account information 191
achievements 188
downloading games 185
friends 189
inviting friends 186
leaderboards 187
playing games 186
recently played games 188
restricting friend requests 204
restricting multiplayer games 204
setting up 184
status information 191
Genius Mixes 96, 102
Genius playlists 62, 98, 102
Genius, App Store 179
gestures, VoiceOver 238
getting help 256
getting started 19
Google 152
Contacts 59
searching the web 92
GPRS 22
GPS 143
grab points 39
hands-free phone calls 67, 200
hardware keyboards 44
HDR photos 130, 218
headset
center button 131, 134, 165
using with Voice Memos 164
See also earphones
headset button. See mic button
help, getting 256
hold, putting calls on 67
Home button, double-click settings 200
Home screen 12, 29
adding web clips 94
customizing 33
folders 33
wallpaper 36, 128, 197
hybrid view 145
iBooks 229
iBookstore 229
iCal 59, 257
ICCID number 198
icons
application 13
status 16
images
copying 125
pasting 126
IMAP
264
Index
accounts 79, 152
searching email 87
IMEI number 198, 257
installing, applications from the App Store 181
international keyboards 40, 205, 206
Internet, connecting to 22
iPhoto 61, 257
iPod
changing browse buttons 108
converting videos for iPhone 107
deleting videos 108
Genius Mixes 102
Genius playlists 102
headset controls 50
on-the-go playlists 137
playing songs using Voice Control 100
playlists 104
  #Ÿ##98
searching 102, 106
settings 216
 Ÿ96, 216
sleep timer 108
iTunes Store
about 169
account 19, 169, 174, 178, 218
browsing 170
checking download status 175
purchasing ringtones 172
purchasing songs and albums 173
restricting 203
streaming or downloading podcasts 175
syncing purchased content 176
verifying purchases 177
iTunes U, syncing 57, 60
iTunes
getting help 257
settings panes 58
Japanese keyboard 41, 43
  41
kaomoji (facemarks) 41
keyboards
* ##0 44
Emoji 41
external 243
hardware 44
international 40
layouts 44
switching 40
switching languages 44
typing on 37
keypad
adding a contact from 221
dialing manually 64, 251
displaying by default with VoiceOver 244
entering information during a call 67
making an emergency call 71
pasting a number to 65
  0 41
languages, switching keyboard 44
Large Text 250
LDAP (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol) 220
‡Œ #131
links
in email 82
on webpages 90
location. See Maps
location services
resetting location warnings 208
restricting 203
settings 200
status icon 18, 143
using with Camera 129
using with Compass 161
using with Maps 141
location warnings 208
Lock screen wallpaper 36, 128, 197
locking iPhone 11, 12, 17
lyrics, displaying 97
Mac system requirements 19
magnetic north 161
Mail
account setup 79, 208
attachments 83
Cc 210
checking for new messages 79, 86
deleting email account 209
deleting messages 86
forwarding messages 86
links 82
load additional messages 81
marking messages as unread 81
opening drafts 85
organizing email 87
password settings 209
printing messages and attachments 84
reading messages 80
replying to messages 86
resizing text column 81
saving drafts 85
searching 87
seeing recipients 81
sending email to someone you’ve texted 113
sending messages 84
sending photos and videos 85
Index
sending webpage URL via email 91
sending YouTube video links 135
settings 208, 209
sharing contact information 86
signatures 210
storing email on iPhone or server 209
syncing email account settings 57
Yahoo! email account 56
zooming in a message 81
Maps
adding location to a contact 149
bookmarking location 149
current approximate location 143, 146
dropped pin 144
  142
0####148
getting directions 146
GPS 143
hybrid view 145
satellite view 145
seeing location of a contact 142
sharing a location 149
 #147
zooming 142
MEID number 198, 257
Messages
contacting someone you’ve texted 113
editing conversations 113
following links in messages 114
previews 114
replying to messages 111
saving a photo or video clip 112
saving conversations 111
sending a photo or video clip 112, 113
sending messages 110
sending messages to a group 111
setting alert sounds 114
settings 215
show earlier messages 111
mic button 50
microphone
about 50
built-in 164
muting 67
microphone, external 164
Microsoft Exchange 85, 219
push accounts 56
searching email 87
setting up account 26
syncing 26, 115
Microsoft Internet Explorer 59, 93
Microsoft Outlook 59, 60, 152
missed calls
number of 72
returning 64
MMS 110, 121, 143, 149, 167, 215
265
See also Messages
MobileMe 25, 152, 219
getting help 257
push accounts 56
searching email 87
security features 25, 55
sending photos to a gallery 126
setting up account 26
syncing 93, 115
model number 198
"" " ' #198
Mono Audio 250
movies
rented 60, 106, 108
syncing 57
music
lyrics 97
managing manually 59
previewing 173
purchasing 173
searching 102
syncing 57, 60
See also iPod
music videos, syncing 57
muting a call 67, 70
navigating. See panning, scrolling
network activity
status icon 17
networks 194
Nike + iPod
activating 225
calibrating 227
linking a sensor 226
sending workouts to nikeplus.com 226
settings 218, 227
working out with 226
nikeplus.com 226
north, true and magnetic 161
Notes 153
searching 154
syncing 57, 152
NTSC 217
numeric keypad
adding a contact from 221
dialing manually 64, 251
displaying by default with VoiceOver 244
entering information during a call 67
making an emergency call 71
pasting a number to 65
8;8$; # 12, 131
opening apps 29
orientation, changing 89
266
Index
Outlook Express. See Windows Address Book
Outlook. See Microsoft Outlook
overview, iPhone applications 13
pairing with Bluetooth headset 51
PAL 217
panning
maps 142
webpages 90
parental controls. See Restrictions
passcode 201
password, changing voicemail 213
pasting
images 126
photos and videos in MMS messages 112
text 39
pausing songs and videos 50
PC system requirements 19
PDF books 230
phone network name 198
Phone
adding and editing contacts 221
adding calls 67
answering calls 50, 66
call waiting 75, 212
calling internationally 77
calling someone you’ve texted 113
carrier services 214
changing voicemail password 213
conference calls 68
declining calls 50, 66
emergency calls 71
ending calls 50, 67
FaceTime video calls 68, 203
forwarding calls 74, 212
hands-free 67
hiding or showing caller ID 212
locking SIM card 213
making calls 64
missed calls 72
muting calls 67, 70
putting calls on hold 67
ring mode 76
second calls 67
setting up voicemail 72
settings 212
silencing calls 66
silent mode 76
switching between calls 50, 67
turning on vibrate 76
unpairing Bluetooth device 52
using Bluetooth devices 67
using favorites 74
using speakerphone 67
using TTY machine 213
video calls 203, 212
voice dialing 65
voicemail 72
voicemail alerts 72
photo albums 124
photos
assigning to contacts 127
emailing 125
printing 127
saving MMS attachments 112
sending in email messages 85
sending in MMS messages 112
syncing 57, 61, 121
taking 130
using as wallpaper 36, 128, 197
Photos
playing music during slideshow 124
settings 124, 217
viewing slideshows 124
zooming photos 123
See also Camera
pictures. See Camera, Photos
PIN number 213
Pinyin 41, 43
playlist folders 60, 96
playlists 104
podcasts
downloading 175
streaming 175
syncing 57, 60
pop-ups 215
power adapter 11
power, low 53
previewing
music 173
ringtones 172
text messages 114
videos 174
print
AirPrint printers 45
Print Center 46
printing
cancelling 46
email messages and attachments 84
overview 45
photos 127
setting up 45
status 46
webpages 92
 #%##207
purchased content, syncing 176, 183
purchasing
applications 178
music 169, 173
ringtones 172
videos 174
Index
push accounts 56, 209
reading email 80
recent calls 64
rechargeable batteries 53
removing backups 254
renting,movies and TV shows 60, 106, 108, 174
repeating songs 98
replacing battery 53, 257
replying to messages 86
requirements for using iPhone 19
resetting iPhone 55, 253
resizing webpage columns 90
restarting 55, 253
restoring iPhone software 255
restoring settings and information 256
restrictions, setting 202
ring mode 13, 76, 196
ringer
adjusting volume 12, 197
  $196
Ring/Silent switch 13, 76
ringtones
previewing 172
purchasing 172
setting 76, 197
syncing 57
roaming 77
Romaji 43
rotor control 240
Safari
AutoFill 92, 214
bookmarking webpages 93
clearing cache 215
cookies 215
creating a new or adding to an existing
contact 91
creating a preaddressed Mail message 91
Debug Console 215
developer settings 215
fraud warning 215
Home screen web clips 94
navigating 90
opening webpages 89, 91
pop-ups 215
printing webpages 92
reloading webpages 90
#X "## 90
restricting 203
saving images to your Photo Library 91
searching 92
security 214
settings 214
267
stopping webpages from loading 90
syncing bookmarks 57, 59
_#91
zooming webpages 90
satellite view 145
screen 197
setting to adjust automatically 197
using 29
screen reader 21
screenshot, taking a 131
scrolling
about 30
maps 142
webpages 90
search engine 214
searching
App Store 178
audio content 102
calendars 117
global 47
iTunes Music Store 170
Mail messages 87
notes 154
Spotlight Search setting 201
video content 106
webpage text 92
Wikipeida 47
YouTube videos 134
security
erase data after ten failed passcode attempts 202
features 53
Find My iPhone 25, 55
setting passcode for iPhone 201
web 214
selecting text 39
sending
email 84
photos and video clips 112
photos from Photos 125
text messages 110
voice memos 113
sensor, Nike + iPod 226
#  "0 %198, 257
service and support information 257
settings
accessibility 207
accounts 208
airplane mode 193
alarms 155
alerts 114, 120
auto-capitalization 205
auto-correction 39, 205
auto-lock 201
Bluetooth 200
brightness 197
Calendar 116, 120
268
Index
date and time 116, 204
developer 215
email server 209
Fetch New Data 209
HDR photos 218
Home button 200
international 206
iPod 216
keyboard 205
language 206
location services 200
Mail, Contacts, Calendars 208
Mail 208
messages 215
Nike + iPod 218, 227
 #195
passcode lock 201
Phone 212
Photos 124, 217
 #207
resetting 207
restrictions 202
Safari 92, 214
screen brightness 197
search 201
security 214
 Ÿ216
slideshow 124
sound 114, 120
Store 218
temperature 151
TV out 217
usage statistics 198
vibrate 76
video 217
VoiceOver 235
VPN 199
wallpaper 36, 197
Wi-Fi 194
 Ÿ96, 216
sharing photos and videos
in email messages 85
in MMS messages 112
#Ÿ##98
signatures, email 210
silencing calls 66
silent mode 13, 76, 196
SIM card, locking 213
"#42
sleep. See locking iPhone
sleep timer 108
slideshows 124
settings 217
SMS 110
See also Messages
software
getting help 257
updating and restoring 255
version 198
sound
adjusting ringer and alerts volume 197
adjusting volume 12, 50
calendar alert 120
setting limit 216
setting ringtone 197
  $197
Sound Check 216
#$ #12
Speak Auto-text 250
speakerphone 67
spell checking 38
Spotlight Search settings 201
SSL 209
star next to a phone number 222
Starbucks, browsing and purchasing music 170
status icons 16
stock information, Yahoo! 140
Stocks, adding and deleting quotes 139
stopwatch, using 156
storage capacity 198
Store, settings 218
streaming podcasts 175
subtitles 106
# 089
switching between calls 67
switching between cameras 70, 131
syncing
calendars 115
getting calls during 21
Google Contacts 59
iTunes library contents 57
Microsoft Exchange 26, 115
MobileMe 25, 26, 115
notes 152
photos 121
preventing 61
purchased songs 176
“Sync in progress” message 21
voice memos 167
webpage bookmarks 93
system requirements 19
taking photos 130
telephone. See Phone
telephone number format 207
44
text
cutting or copying 39
entering and editing using VoiceOver 244
increasing size 250
pasting 39
Index
typing 37
typing in webpages 91
text messaging. See Messages
time format 207
time zone support 116, 120, 204, 211
time, setting 204
timer
setting 156
sleep 156
touchscreen, using 29
Traditional Chinese 42
 #%  147
transferring
#60
purchased content 62, 176, 183
settings and information 253, 256
 #$ #%#217
trimming videos 132
Triple-click Home setting 251
troubleshooting
backing up 253
restarting 55, 253
software update and restore 255
true north 161
TTY machine, using 213
 & $11
TV shows
rented 60, 106, 108
TV shows, syncing 57
TV signal settings 217
TV, viewing content on 107, 124
typing
facemarks 41
international keyboards 40
keyboard 37
spell checking 38
0 _#91
word substitution 43
undoing edits 40
unlocking iPhone 12
unpairing Bluetooth device 52
unread messages, marking 81
updating iPhone software 255
usage statistics
battery percentage 198
resetting 198
seeing 198
USB
cable 11, 21
port 21
power adapter 11
user dictionary 43
269
270
vibrate, setting 76, 196
video calls 68, 222
restricting 203
  $212
video settings 217
videos
alternate audio language 106
converting for iPhone 107
deleting 108
editing 132
previewing 174
purchasing 174
saving MMS attachments 112
searching 106
sending in MMS messages 112
subtitles 106
syncing 57, 60
trimming 132
watching on a TV 107
See also iPod, Music, YouTube
Vietnamese keyboard 43
virtual private network. See VPN
Voice Control
making a FaceTime call 69
making phone calls 48, 65
playing songs 48, 100
using with headset 50
Voice Memos
attaching to MMS messages 167
emailing 167
recording 164
syncing 167
trimming 166
voicemail
about 72
alerts 72
changing password 213
checking and managing 72
greeting 72
setting up 72
VoiceOver
about 236
braille displays 248
entering and editing text 244
gestures 238
rotor control 240
setting up iPhone using 21
volume
adjusting 12, 50
adjusting for ringer and alerts 197
setting limit 216
VPN
accessing networks using 24
 199
  $199
waking iPhone 12
wallpaper 36, 128, 197
warranty service 257
watching videos on a TV 107
weather information, Yahoo! 151
Weather
adding cities 150
deleting cities 151
temperature settings 151
viewing 150
web. See Safari
web clips, adding to Home screen 94
webpages
bookmarking 93
syncing 57, 59
White on Black 250
Wi-Fi
addresses 198
forgetting a network 195
joining networks 22, 194
settings 194
status icon 17
  $194
Wikipedia, searching 47
Windows Address Book 59
Windows system requirements 19
“Works with iPhone” logo 164
World Clock 155
Wubi Hua 42
Index
Yahoo! 152
Address Book 59
search using 92
stock information 140
weather information 151
Yomi 44
YouTube
bookmarking videos 135
browsing videos 133
emailing links 135
playing videos 134
restricting 203
searching for videos 134
Zhuyin 42, 43
Zoom (accessibility feature) 249
zooming
camera 131
email messages 81
maps 142
photos 123
webpages 90
APPLE CONFIDENTIAL — PRELIMINARY DRAFT
% Apple Inc.
Š 2010 Apple Inc. All rights reserved.
Apple, the Apple logo, AirPlay, Apple TV, Cover Flow,
FaceTime, iBooks, iCal, iPhone, iPhoto, iPod, iTunes,
%ƒ %ƒ #%ƒ 8%"0 #%& #%
QuickTime, Safari, Spotlight, and the Works with iPhone
logo are trademarks of Apple Inc., registered in the U.S.
and other countries.
AirPrint, Finder, iPad, the Made for iPhone logo, Multi % % Ÿ  " #*? <
Apple Store and iTunes Store are service marks of Apple
Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries.
App Store and MobileMe are service marks of Apple Inc.
IOS is a trademark or registered trademark of Cisco in
the U.S. and other countries and is used under license.
œ& # ' 0 " 
of U.S. patent numbers 6,018,705, 6,052,654, 6,493,652,
6,298,314, 6,611,789, 6,876,947, and 6,882,955, either
alone or when used in combination with a Nike + iPod
enabled iPod media player or iPhone 3GS or later.
The BluetoothÂŽ word mark and logos are registered
trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any use of
such marks by Apple Inc. is under license.
Adobe and Photoshop are trademarks or registered
trademarks of Adobe Systems Incorporated in the U.S.
and/or other countries.
Other company and product names mentioned herein
may be trademarks of their respective companies.
Mention of third-party products is for informational
purposes only and constitutes neither an endorsement
nor a recommendation. Apple assumes no responsibility
with regard to the performance or use of these
products. All understandings, agreements, or warranties,
if any, take place directly between the vendors and the
 # '# #<‡' $  #0" # 
that the information in this manual is accurate. Apple is
not responsible for printing or clerical errors.
019-1930/2010-11

Source Exif Data:
File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.3
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2011:01:10 17:29:09-08:00
Modify Date                     : 2011:01:10 17:29:09-08:00
Page Count                      : 271
Creation Date                   : 2011:01:11 01:29:09Z
Mod Date                        : 2011:01:11 01:29:09Z
Producer                        : Acrobat Distiller 5.0.5 (Windows)
Author                          : choque
Metadata Date                   : 2011:01:11 01:29:09Z
Creator                         : choque
Title                           : A1349 UG.pdf
EXIF Metadata provided by EXIF.tools
FCC ID Filing: BCG-E2422B

Navigation menu